TY - JOUR A1 - Hommers, L. G. A1 - Richter, J. A1 - Yang, Y. A1 - Raab, A. A1 - Baumann, C. A1 - Lang, K. A1 - Schiele, M. A. A1 - Weber, H. A1 - Wittmann, A. A1 - Wolf, C. A1 - Alpers, G. W. A1 - Arolt, V. A1 - Domschke, K. A1 - Fehm, L. A1 - Fydrich, T. A1 - Gerlach, A. A1 - Gloster, A. T. A1 - Hamm, A. O. A1 - Helbig-Lang, S. A1 - Kircher, T. A1 - Lang, T. A1 - Pané-Farré, C. A. A1 - Pauli, P. A1 - Pfleiderer, B. A1 - Reif, A. A1 - Romanos, M. A1 - Straube, B. A1 - Ströhle, A. A1 - Wittchen, H.-U. A1 - Frantz, S. A1 - Ertl, G. A1 - Lohse, M. J. A1 - Lueken, U. A1 - Deckert, J. T1 - A functional genetic variation of SLC6A2 repressor hsa-miR-579-3p upregulates sympathetic noradrenergic processes of fear and anxiety JF - Translational Psychiatry N2 - Increased sympathetic noradrenergic signaling is crucially involved in fear and anxiety as defensive states. MicroRNAs regulate dynamic gene expression during synaptic plasticity and genetic variation of microRNAs modulating noradrenaline transporter gene (SLC6A2) expression may thus lead to altered central and peripheral processing of fear and anxiety. In silico prediction of microRNA regulation of SLC6A2 was confirmed by luciferase reporter assays and identified hsa-miR-579-3p as a regulating microRNA. The minor (T)-allele of rs2910931 (MAFcases = 0.431, MAFcontrols = 0.368) upstream of MIR579 was associated with panic disorder in patients (pallelic = 0.004, ncases = 506, ncontrols = 506) and with higher trait anxiety in healthy individuals (pASI = 0.029, pACQ = 0.047, n = 3112). Compared to the major (A)-allele, increased promoter activity was observed in luciferase reporter assays in vitro suggesting more effective MIR579 expression and SLC6A2 repression in vivo (p = 0.041). Healthy individuals carrying at least one (T)-allele showed a brain activation pattern suggesting increased defensive responding and sympathetic noradrenergic activation in midbrain and limbic areas during the extinction of conditioned fear. Panic disorder patients carrying two (T)-alleles showed elevated heart rates in an anxiety-provoking behavioral avoidance test (F(2, 270) = 5.47, p = 0.005). Fine-tuning of noradrenaline homeostasis by a MIR579 genetic variation modulated central and peripheral sympathetic noradrenergic activation during fear processing and anxiety. This study opens new perspectives on the role of microRNAs in the etiopathogenesis of anxiety disorders, particularly their cardiovascular symptoms and comorbidities. KW - clinical genetics KW - psychiatric disorders Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-322497 VL - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Holtfrerich, Sarah K. C. A1 - Pfister, Roland A1 - El Gammal, Alexander T. A1 - Bellon, Eugen A1 - Diekhof, Esther K. T1 - Endogenous testosterone and exogenous oxytocin influence the response to baby schema in the female brain JF - Scientific Reports N2 - Nurturing behavior may be critically influenced by the interplay of different hormones. The neuropeptide oxytocin is known to promote maternal behavior and its reduction has been associated with postpartum depression risk and child neglect. Contrariwise, the observed decrease in testosterone level during early parenthood may benefit caretaking behavior, whereas increased testosterone may reduce attention to infants. Here we used functional magnetic resonance imaging to investigate the interactive influence of testosterone and oxytocin on selective attention to and neural processing of the baby schema (BS). 57 nulliparous women performed a target detection task with human faces with varying degree of BS following double-blinded placebo-controlled oxytocin administration in a between-subjects design. Our results support the idea that oxytocin enhances attention to the BS. Oxytocin had a positive effect on activation of the inferior frontal junction during identification of infant targets with a high degree of BS that were presented among adult distractors. Further, activation of the putamen was positively correlated with selective attention to the BS, but only in women with high endogenous testosterone who received oxytocin. These findings provide initial evidence for the neural mechanism by which oxytocin may counteract the negative effects of testosterone in the modulation of nurturing behavior. KW - attention KW - reward Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-322285 VL - 8 ER - TY - THES A1 - Flohr, Elena Leonie Ruth T1 - The Scents of Interpersonality - On the Influence of Smells on the Evaluation and Processing of Social Stimuli T1 - Die Düfte der Zwischenmenschlichkeit - Über den Einfluss von Gerüchen auf die Bewertung und Verarbeitung von sozialen Reizen N2 - In daily life, olfactory stimuli are potential generators of affective states, but also have a strong influence on social interaction. Pleasant odors have been shown to increase perceived attractiveness and pro-social behavior, whereas unpleasant body odors are often associated with negative personality traits. Since both pleasant odors and positive affective state facilitate pro-social behavior, it is conceivable that the influence of the odors on social interaction is mediated by the induced affective state elicited by the odor itself. The present thesis aims at exploring the impact of hedonic, i.e., pleasant or unpleasant, odors on the processing and evaluation of social stimuli as assessed by verbal, physiological, and behavioral indices. First, I investigate the effects of initially neutral odors which gained threatening value through an aversive conditioning procedure on social stimuli (Study 1). Second, I study the influence of naturally hedonic odors on social interaction. Third, this thesis aims at disentangling differences in the effects of an odor attributed to either a social interaction partner or the environment where the social encounter takes place (Study 2, 3, and 4). In the first study, a context conditioning procedure was applied, during which one out of two long-lasting neutral odors was paired with an unpredictable aversive unconditioned stimulus (US, i.e., white noise). This odor (CTX+) thereby gained threatening value, while another odor (CTX-) remained unpaired and therefore signaled safety. During a test session, facial stimuli were presented within both conditioned olfactory contexts. Results indicate that autonomic arousal was increased to faces when presented in the threatening odor context. Additionally, participants rated facial stimuli as more aversive when presented in the threatening odor as compared to the safety odor, indicating that faces acquire hedonic value from the odor they were presented in. Strikingly, angry facial expressions received additional processing resources when presented within a threatening olfactory context, as reflected on verbal reports and electrodermal activity (EDA). This latter finding suggests that threat-related stimuli, here angry faces, are preferentially processed within an olfactory context where a threat might happen. Considering that the hedonic value of an odor may be quite subjective, I conducted a pilot study in order to identify odors with pleasant vs. unpleasant properties for most participants. Seven odors (four pleasant and three unpleasant) were rated with respect to their valence (pleasant vs. unpleasant), arousal (arousing vs. calm), and intensity. Additionally, EDA was measured. Two pleasant (Citral and Eucalyptol) and two unpleasant (“Animalis” and Isobutyraldehyde) odors were chosen from the original seven. The unpleasant odors were rated as more negative, arousing, and intense than the positive ones, but no differences were found regarding EDA. These four odors were subsequently used in a virtual reality (VR) paradigm with two odor attribution groups. Participants of the social attribution group (n = 59) were always passively guided into the same room (an office) towards one out of two virtual agents who were either paired with the pleasant or the unpleasant odor. Participants of the contextual attribution group (n = 58) were guided into one out of two rooms which were either paired with the pleasant or the unpleasant odor and where they always met the same agent. For both groups, the agents smiled, frowned or remained with a neutral facial expression. This design allowed evaluating the influence of odor valence as a within-subjects factor and the influence of odor attribution as a between-subjects factor. Unpleasant odors facilitated the processing of social cues as reflected by increased verbal and physiological arousal as well as reduced active approach behavior. Specific influence of odor valence on emotional facial expressions was found for ratings, EDA, and facial mimicry, with the unpleasant odor causing a levelling effect on the differences between facial expressions. The social attribution group exhibited larger differences between odors than the contextual group with respect to some variables (i.e., ratings and EDA), but not to others (i.e., electrocortical potentials – ERPs – and approach behavior). In sum, unpleasant in comparison to pleasant odors diminished emotional responses during social interaction, while an additional enhancing effect of the social attribution was observed on some variables. Interestingly, the awareness that an interaction partner would smell (pleasantly or unpleasantly) boosted the emotional reactivity towards them. In Study 3, I adapted the VR paradigm to a within-subjects design, meaning that the different attribution conditions were now manipulated block-wise. Instead of an approach task, participants had to move away from the virtual agent (withdrawal task). Results on the ratings were replicated from Study 2. Specifically, the difference between pleasant and unpleasant odors on valence, arousal, and sympathy ratings was larger in the social as compared to the contextual attribution condition. No effects of odor or attribution were found on EDA, whereas heart rate (HR) showed a stronger acceleration to pleasant odors while participants were passively guided towards the agent. Instead of an approach task, I focused on withdrawal behavior in this study. Interestingly, independently of the attribution condition, participants spent more time withdrawing from virtual agents, when an unpleasant odor was presented. In sum, I demonstrated that the attribution of the odors to the social agent itself had an enhancing effect on their influence on social interaction. In the fourth and last study, I applied a similar within-subjects protocol as in Study 3 with an additional Ultimatum Game task as a measure of social interaction. Overall findings replicated the results of Study 3 with respect to HR and EDA. Strikingly, participants offered less money to virtual agents in the bad smelling room than in the good smelling room. In contrast to Study 3, no effects of odor attribution were found in Study 4. In sum, again I demonstrated that unpleasant odor may lessen social interaction not only when the interaction partner smells badly, but also in more complex interaction situations. In conclusion, I demonstrated that hedonic odors in general influence social interaction. Thus, pleasant odors seem to facilitate, while unpleasant odors seem to reduce interpersonal exchanges. Therefore, the present thesis extends the body of literature on the influence of odors on the processing of social stimuli. Although I found a direct influence of odors on social preferences as well as on the physiological and behavioral responses to social stimuli, I did not disentangle impact of odor per se from the impact of the affective state. Interestingly, odor attribution might play an additional role as mediator of social interactions such as odor effects in social interactions might be boosted when the smell is attributed to an individual. However, the results in this regard were less straightforward, and therefore further investigations are needed. Future research should also take into account gender or other inter-individual differences like social anxiety. N2 - Im täglichen Leben dienen Gerüche als starke Auslöser von emotionalen Zuständen, doch üben sie auch einen starken Einfluss auf soziale Interaktion aus. Angenehme Gerüche sollten die Attraktivität von Gesichtern und prosoziales Verhalten verstärken, während unangenehme Körpergerüche oft mit negativen Persönlichkeitseigenschaften assoziiert werden. Dieser Zusammenhang zeigt sich auch auf physiologischen und Verhaltensmaßen. Während angenehme Gerüche prosoziales Verhalten verstärken, kann derselbe Effekt auch durch einen positiven affektiven Zustand erreicht werden. Der Einfluss von Gerüchen auf soziale Interaktion könnte daher auch durch den affektiven Zustand der Versuchspersonen vermittelt werden. Die vorliegende Arbeit hatte zum Ziel, den Einfluss von hedonischen Gerüchen auf soziale Interaktion, wie er sich auf verschiedenen verbalen, physiologischen und Verhaltensvariablen abbilden lässt, darzustellen. Auf der einen Seite wurde der Einfluss von ursprünglich neutralen Gerüchen untersucht, die in einer Kontextkonditionierung bedrohliche Bedeutung erhielten (Studie 1). Auf der anderen Seite sollte der Einfluss eines Geruchs, der direkt von einem sozialen Interaktionspartner ausgeht, von dem eines eher kontextuellen Geruchs getrennt werden, der auf den Raum attribuiert wurde, in dem die soziale Interaktion stattfand (Studien 2, 3 und 4). In der ersten Studie wurde auf einen von zwei ursprünglich neutralen Gerüchen eine Kontextkonditionierungsprozedur angewandt. Dieser Geruch erhielt somit durch die Paarung mit einem aversiven unvorhersehbaren unkonditionierten Stimulus (US) bedrohliche Bedeutung, während der andere Geruch niemals mit einem unkonditionierten Stimulus gepaart wurde und dadurch Sicherheit signalisierte. In der Testphase wurden Gesichter entweder innerhalb des bedrohlichen Geruchs oder des Sicherheitsgeruchs präsentiert. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass im Anschluss daran der bedrohliche Geruch die elektrokortikalen Potenziale (EKPs) auf Gesichter verstärkt, die in diesem Geruchskontext präsentiert werden. Zudem war das autonome Arousal während der Präsentation der Gesichsstimuli in diesem Kontext erhöht. Subjektive Ratings unterstützen zusätzlich die Annahme, dass die bedrohliche Bedeutung des Kontexts, in dem Gesichter präsentiert werden, auf diese übergeht. Zusätzlich zu diesem generellen Effekt konnte auf den subjektiven Ratings wie auch auf der elektrodermalen Aktivität (EDA) ein spezifischer Einfluss des olfaktorischen Kontexts auf die Verarbeitung von Gesichtern gezeigt werden. Ärgerliche Gesichter zogen dabei zusätzliche Verarbeitungsressourcen auf sich, wenn sie innerhalb eines bedrohlichen olfaktorischen Kontexts präsentiert wurden, wie sich auf der EDA und den verbalen Ratings zeigte. Zusammengefasst legen die letzteren Ergebnisse nahe, dass bedrohliche Reize (hier ärgerliche Gesichter) bevorzugt verarbeitet werden, wenn sie in einem ebenfalls bedrohlichen Kontext präsentiert werden. Um für die anschließenden Studien Gerüche zu identifizieren, die von den meisten Versuchspersonen als angenehm bzw. unangenehm bewertet werden, wurde vor der zweiten Studie eine Pilotstudie durchgeführt. Sieben Gerüche (vier angenehme und drei unangenehme) wurden bezüglich Valenz, Arousal und Intensität evaluiert. Zusätzlich wurde die EDA aufgezeichnet. Aus den ursprünglichen sieben Gerüchen wurden zwei angenehme (Citral und Eukalyptol) und zwei unangenehme („Animalis“ und Isobutanal) ausgewählt. Die unangenehmen Gerüche wurden als unangenehmer, aufregender und intensiver bewertet als die angenehmen, wohingegen in der EDA keine Unterschiede gefunden wurden. Studie 2 wandte die ausgewählten Gerüche in einem Experiment in virtueller Realität an. Um eine soziale und eine kontextuelle Attribution der Gerüche abzubilden, erhob ich zwei Attributions-gruppen. Versuchspersonen der sozialen Attributionsgruppe (n = 59) wurden passiv immer in denselben Raum geführt, in dem sie auf einen von zwei virtuellen Agenten trafen. Jeder dieser Agenten wurden mit entweder dem angenehmen oder dem unangenehmen Geruch gepaart. Probanden der kontextuellen Attributionsgruppe (n = 58) wurden jeweils passiv in einen von zwei Räumen geführt, der entweder mit dem angenehmen oder dem unangenehmen Geruch gepaart wurde. In diesen Räumen trafen sie immer auf denselben virtuellen Agenten. So war es möglich, den Einfluss der Geruchshedonik als Innersubjektfaktor und den Einfluss der Geruchsattribution als Zwischensubjektfaktor darzustellen. Der unangenehme Geruch erzeugte eine verstärkte Verarbeitung sozialer Reize, was sich in erhöhtem physiologischen Arousal, in subjektiven Ratings und vermindertem aktiven Annäherungsverhalten zeigte. Ein spezifischer Einfluss auf emotionale Gesichtsausdrücke war außerdem auf den subjektiven Ratings, EDA und der fazialen Mimikry zu beobachten. Hierbei zeigte sich ein abflachender Effekt auf den Unterschied zwischen den Gesichtsausdrücken, wenn der unangenehme Geruch präsentiert wurde. In der sozialen Attributionsgruppe fanden sich auf manchen Variablen stärkere Effekte als in der kontextuellen Attributionsgruppe (wie den Ratings und der EDA), aber auf anderen Variablen nicht (wie den EKPs und dem Annäherungsverhalten). Zusammenfassend konnte gezeigt werden, dass unangenehme Gerüche im Vergleich zu angenehmen emotionale Reaktionen auf soziale Interaktion vermindern. Ein zusätzlicher verstärkender Effekt durch die soziale Attribution der Gerüche war auf einigen Variablen zu beobachten. Interessanterweise scheint das Wissen darüber, dass ein Interaktionspartner riechen könnte, die emotionale Reaktion auf ihn zu verstärken. Für die dritte Studie passte ich das Paradigma für ein Innersubjektdesign an, wobei nun die beiden Attributionsbedingungen blockweise manipuliert wurden. Die Resultate der Ratings replizierten die aus Studie 2. Außerdem zeigten sich stärkere Effekte der Geruchsvalenz in der sozialen Attributionsbedingung auf allen Ratings. In der EDA wurden keine Effekte gefunden, aber in der Herzrate zeigte sich eine verstärkte Verarbeitung der angenehmen Gerüche während der passiven Annäherung an den Agenten. Statt des Annäherungsverhaltens wurde in dieser Studie das Rückzugsverhalten gemessen. Die Versuchspersonen verbrachten mehr Zeit damit, von einem Agenten zurückzuweichen, wenn ein unangenehmer Geruch präsentiert wurde. In Summe konnte ich zeigen, dass die Attribution der Gerüche auf den sozialen Agenten einen verstärkenden Effekt auf den Einfluss der Gerüche auf die soziale Interaktion hat. In der letzten Studie wurde dasselbe Protokoll wie in Studie 3 mit einer zusätzlichen Ultimatumspielaufgabe durchgeführt. Die Ergebnisse aus Studie 3 wurden bezüglich der Herzrate und der EDA repliziert. Außerdem boten die Versuchspersonen dem Agenten im Kontext eines unangenehmen Geruchs weniger Geld an als im Kontext eines angenehmen. In Studie 4 wurde kein Effekt für die Attribution des Geruchs gefunden. Zusammenfassend wurde gezeigt dass unangenehme Gerüche einen reduzierenden Effekt auf soziale Interaktion auch in komplexeren interaktiven Situationen ausüben. Zusammenfassend zeigte ich, dass Gerüche soziale Interaktion beeinflussen. Angenehme Gerüche scheinen soziale Interaktionen zu vereinfachen, während unangenehme Gerüche sie erschweren. Damit erweitert die vorliegende Arbeit bereits bestehende Forschung über den Einfluss von Gerüchen auf die Verarbeitung sozialer Stimuli. Obwohl ich einen direkten Einfluss von Gerüchen auf soziale Präferenzen sowie auf die physiologischen und behavioralen Reaktionen auf soziale Stimuli fand, konnte ich den Einfluss von Gerüchen per se nicht von dem Einfluss des affektiven Zustandes abgrenzen. Interessanterweise scheint die Attribution von Gerüchen einen zusätzlichen Faktor als Mediator von sozialen Interaktionen darzustellen, so dass der Effekt der Gerüche verstärkt wird, wenn er mit einem Individuum assoziiert ist. Nichtsdestotrotz waren die diesbezüglichen Effekte weniger klar und mehr Forschung auf diesem Gebiet könnte diese Unklarheit auflösen. Zukünftige Forschung sollte auch den Faktor Geschlecht nicht außer Acht lassen sowie andere inter-individuelle Unterschiede wie soziale Ängstlichkeit. KW - smell KW - social cognition KW - smells KW - social stimuli KW - social interaction Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-153352 ER - TY - THES A1 - Will, Sebastian T1 - Development of a presence model for driving simulators based on speed perception in a motorcycle riding simulator T1 - Entwicklung eines Präsenzmodells für Fahrsimulatoren basierend auf der Geschwindigkeitswahrnehmung in einem Motorradfahrsimulator N2 - Driving simulators are powerful research tools. Countless simulator studies have contributed to traffic safety over the last decades. Constant improvements in simulator technology call for a measureable scale to assess driving simulators with regard to their utility in human factors research. A promising psychological construct to do so is presence. It is commonly defined as the feeling of being located in a remote or virtual environment that seems to be real. Another aspect of presence describes the ability to act there successfully. The main aim of this thesis is to develop a presence model dedicated to the application in driving simulators. Established models have been combined and extended in order to gain a comprehensive model of presence that allows understanding its emergence and deriving recommendations on how to design or improve driving simulators. The five studies presented in this thesis investigate specific postulated model components and their interactions. All studies deal with motorcycling or a motorcycle riding simulator as exemplary field of application. The first study used a speed estimation task to investigate the contribution of different sensory cues to presence. While visualization plays a particularly important role, further improvements could be achieved by adding more consistent sensory stimuli to the virtual environment. Auditory, proprioceptive and vestibular cues have been subject to investigation. In the second study, the speed production method was applied. It confirmed the positive contribution of action to presence as predicted by psychocybernetic models. The third study dealt with the effect of training on presence. Hence, no positive effect was observed. The fourth study aimed at replicating previous findings on sensory fidelity and diversity in a more complex riding situation than only longitudinal vehicle control. The riders had to cross an unexpectedly appearing deep pit with the virtual motorcycle. The contribution of more consistent sensory stimulation on presence was successfully shown in this scenario, too. The final study was a real riding experiment that delivered reference values for the speed estimation capabilities of motorcycle riders. Besides higher variations in the simulator data, the general speed estimation performance was on a comparable level. Different measures, such as subjective ratings, behavioral responses, performance, and physiological reactions, have been applied as presence indicators. These studies’ findings deliver evidence for the meaningful application of the proposed presence model in driving simulator settings. The results suggest that presence can be interpreted as a quality measure for perception in virtual environments. In line with psychocybernetic models, taking action, which is seen as controlling perception, enhances this quality even further. Describing the psychological construct of presence in a theoretical framework that takes the diversity of perception and action in driving simulator settings into account closes a gap in traffic psychological research. N2 - Fahrsimulatoren sind leistungsfähige Forschungsinstrumente. Seit einigen Jahrzehnten konnte mit unzähligen Simulatorstudien zur Verkehrssicherheit beigetragen werden. Stetige Weiterentwicklungen der Simulatortechnologie machen einen Maßstab erforderlich, der es erlaubt, Fahrsimulatoren hinsichtlich ihrer Nützlichkeit für verkehrspsychologische Fragestellungen zu bewerten. Ein vielversprechendes in der Psychologie verwendetes Konstrukt ist Präsenz. Für gewöhnlich wird Präsenz als das Gefühl definiert, sich in einer entfernten bzw. virtuellen Umwelt zu befinden, die als real wahrgenommen wird. Ein weiterer Aspekt von Präsenz beschreibt die Fähigkeit in dieser Welt erfolgreich zu handeln. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit ist es, ein Präsenzmodell für die Anwendung im Fahrsimulatorbereich zu entwickeln. Dafür werden bereits etablierte Präsenzmodelle aufgegriffen, kombiniert und um bestimmte Komponenten erweitert. Dies zielt darauf ab ein umfassendes Präsenzmodell zu etablieren, welches einerseits einen Erklärungsansatz zur Entstehung von Präsenz liefert und andererseits erlaubt, Gestaltungsempfehlungen für Fahrsimulatoren abzuleiten. Die fünf Experimente dieser Arbeit untersuchen spezifische Modellkomponenten und deren Zusammenspiel. Alle Studien befassen sich mit dem Motorradfahren bzw. einem Motorradfahrsimulator als exemplarisches Anwendungsfeld. Die erste Studie verwendete ein Schätzverfahren für Geschwindigkeiten, um den Beitrag verschiedener Sinnesreize zu Präsenz zu untersuchen. Während der Visualisierung eine besondere Rolle zukommt, konnte die Präsenz durch die Hinzunahme weiterer sensorischer Stimuli in der virtuellen Welt noch gesteigert werden. Dabei wurden auditive, propriozeptive und vestibuläre Reize betrachtet. In der zweiten Studie wurde die Geschwindigkeitswahrnehmung mit Hilfe des Herstellungsverfahrens untersucht. Wie durch psychokybernetische Modelle vorhergesagt, hat sich die positive Auswirkung aktiven Handelns in der virtuellen Welt auf Präsenz bestätigt. Die dritte Studie befasste sich mit den Auswirkungen von Training auf Präsenz. Hier konnte jedoch kein positiver Zusammenhang festgestellt werden. Die vierte Studie zielte darauf ab, im Vorfeld gewonnene Erkenntnisse zur Vielfalt sensorischer Reize zu replizieren. Anstelle reiner Fahrzeuglängsregulation galt es, eine komplexere Fahrsituation zu bewältigen. Die Probanden mussten dabei mit ihrem virtuellen Motorrad einen unerwartet auftretenden tiefen Graben durchqueren. Der Beitrag vielfältiger sensorischer Stimulation auf Präsenz konnte auch in diesem Szenario erfolgreich gezeigt werden. Bei der letzten Studie handelte es sich um eine Realfahruntersuchung, die Referenzwerte zur Einordnung der Geschwindigkeitswahrnehmung im Motorradfahrsimulator lieferte. Außer höheren Schwankungen der Schätzwerte im Fahrsimulator bewegte sich die Güte der Schätzungen im Mittel auf einem vergleichbaren Niveau. Zur Messung von Präsenz wurden Befragungsdaten, Verhaltensmaße, Leistung und physiologische Reaktionen als Indikatoren herangezogen. Die Ergebnisse der Studien belegen die sinnvolle Anwendbarkeit des vorgeschlagenen Präsenzmodells in der Fahrsimulation. Darüber hinaus zeigt sich, dass Präsenz als ein Gütemaß für Wahrnehmung in virtuellen Welten interpretiert werden kann. Psychokybernetischen Modellen folgend kann diese Qualität durch Handeln, welches als Kontrolle der Wahrnehmung gesehen wird, noch weiter gesteigert werden. Durch die Integration des psychologischen Präsenzkonstrukts in ein Rahmenmodell, welches der Vielfalt von Wahrnehmung und Handlung in Fahrsimulatoren Rechnung trägt, konnte eine Lücke in der verkehrspsychologischen Forschung geschlossen werden. KW - Fahrsimulator KW - Geschwindigkeitswahrnehmung KW - presence KW - motorcycle simulator KW - driving simulator KW - speed perception KW - Präsenzerleben KW - Immersion KW - Telepräsenz Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-149748 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Pieczykolan, Aleks A1 - Huestegge, Lynn T1 - Cross-modal Action Complexity: Action- and Rule-related Memory Retrieval in Dual-response Control JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Normally, we do not act within a single effector system only, but rather coordinate actions across several output modules (cross-modal action). Such cross-modal action demands can vary substantially with respect to their complexity in terms of the number of task-relevant response combinations and to-be-retrieved stimulus-response (S-R) mapping rules. In the present study, we study the impact of these two types of cross-modal action complexity on dual-response costs (i.e., performance differences between single- and dual-action demands). In Experiment 1, we combined a manual and an oculomotor task, each involving four response alternatives. Crucially, one (unconstrained) condition involved all 16 possible combinations of response alternatives, whereas a constrained condition involved only a subset of possible response combinations. The results revealed that preparing for a larger number of response combinations yielded a significant, but moderate increase in dual-response costs. In Experiment 2, we utilized one common lateralized auditory (e.g., left) stimulus to trigger incompatible response compounds (e.g., left saccade and right key press or vice versa). While one condition only involved one set of task-relevant S-R rules, another condition involved two sets of task-relevant rules (coded by stimulus type: noise/tone), while the number of task-relevant response combinations was the same in both conditions. Here, an increase in the number of to-be-retrieved S-R rules was associated with a substantial increase in dual-response costs that were also modulated on a trial-by-trial basis when switching between rules. Taken together, the results shed further light on the dependency of cross-modal action control on both action- and rule-related memory retrieval processes. KW - task rules KW - cross-modal action KW - dual tasks KW - dual-response costs KW - oculomotor control Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-157794 VL - 8 IS - 529 ER - TY - THES A1 - Beinicke, Andrea T1 - Career Construction Across the Life Span: Career Choice and Career Development T1 - Karrierekonstruktion über die Lebensspanne: Karriereentscheidung und Karriereentwicklung N2 - This dissertation contributes to deepen our understanding of constructs that play a key role in individuals’ vocational career construction. In this regard, many previous studies have focused exclusively on a specific phase of an individual’s career. Yet, modern societies require continuous investments in one’s career to adapt to changing Environments throughout the life span. Consequently, this dissertation takes a broad approach to capture a wide spectrum of career construction processes. According to Super’s (1990) developmental stage framework, individuals have to manage vocational developmental tasks corresponding to each of the developmental life stages in order to be career mature across the life span. As the two stages exploration and maintenance set the stage for individuals’ future career pathways, they are especially important in individuals’ vocational career construction. Therefore, both of them are addressed in this dissertation. By answering open research questions relevant to career choice in early career stages and to career development in later career stages, this dissertation contributes to the overarching goal of shedding more light on constructs relevant to individuals’ vocational career construction processes across the life span. Beyond the results presented within each study’s horizon, this dissertation aimed at offering practical guidance to career counselors, trainees, and training and development (T&D) professionals. Career counselors and T&D professionals are involved in guiding vocational career construction processes of individuals across the life span. Thus, on the one hand, this dissertation supports career counselors’ work so that they can help deliberating individuals make optimal and effective career choices. On the other hand, this dissertation facilitates T&D professionals’ work so that they can effectively design and evaluate e‐learning and classroom trainings in corporate educational settings. Identifying individuals’ vocational interests combined with cognitive abilities through adequate test measures and maximizing success of learning and success of transfer through fostering evidence‐based transfer support actions will help individuals adapt quickly to the changing nature of work environments in the 21st century and to continue to successfully construct careers across the life span. N2 - Diese Promotion trägt dazu bei, unser Verständnis jener Konstrukte zu vertiefen, die eine entscheidende Rolle bei der beruflichen Karriereplanung von Individuen spielen. Viele bisherige Studien haben sich in dieser Hinsicht ausschließlich auf eine spezielle Karrierephase konzentriert. Jedoch verlangt die moderne Gesellschaft, dass Individuen kontinuierlich in ihre Karriere investieren, um sich über die Lebensspanne hinweg an die ständig verändernden Umweltbedingungen anpassen zu können. Demzufolge wählt diese Promotion einen umfassenden Ansatz mit dem Ziel, ein breiteres Spektrum an Prozessen der Karriereplanung zu erfassen. Laut des Entwicklungsstufenkonzepts über die Lebensspanne von Super (1990) müssen Individuen in jeder der Entwicklungsstufen berufliche Entwicklungsaufgaben meistern, um der Karriere ‐ über die Lebensspanne ‐ gewachsen zu sein. Da die beiden Stufen Exploration und Erhaltung zukünftige Karrierewege bahnen, sind diese bei der beruflichen Karriereplanung von Individuen besonders wichtig und stehen deshalb im Fokus dieser Promotion. Durch die Beantwortung offener Forschungsfragen, die sowohl für die Berufswahl in frühen Karrierestufen als auch für die Karriereentwicklung in späteren Karrierestufen relevant sind, trägt diese Promotion zu dem übergeordneten Ziel bei, Konstrukte zu beleuchten, die für den Prozess der individuellen Karriereplanung über die Lebensspanne bedeutsam sind. Neben den Ergebnissen, die im Rahmen der Studien präsentiert wurden, beabsichtigt diese Promotion Karriereberatern, Lernenden und Personalentwicklern praktische Hilfestellungen zu geben. Karriereberater und Personalentwickler sind an der Lenkung von Prozessen der beruflichen Karriereplanung über die Lebensspanne beteiligt. Deshalb versucht diese Promotion einerseits die Arbeit von Karriereberatern zu unterstützen, damit sie unentschlossenen Individuen dabei helfen können, optimale und effektive Karriereentscheidungen zu treffen. Andererseits versucht diese Promotion Personalentwicklern Unterstützung zu bieten, damit sie Umgebungen für E‐Learning und Präsenztrainings im Unternehmen effektiv gestalten und bewerten können. Die Identifikation individueller beruflicher Interessen zusammen mit kognitiven Fähigkeiten mittels adäquater Testverfahren und die Maximierung des Lern‐ und Transfererfolgs mittels Implementierung evidenzbasierter transferförderlicher Maßnahmen sollen dabei helfen, sich schnell an die Veränderungen der Arbeitsumgebungen des 21. Jahrhunderts anzupassen, und eine erfolgreiche Karriere über die Lebensspanne zu durchlaufen. KW - Karriere KW - Beruf KW - career construction KW - vocational interests KW - training evaluation KW - Erwachsener KW - Psychologie KW - career choice KW - career development Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-117447 ER - TY - THES A1 - Wirth, Robert T1 - Consequences of bending and breaking the rules T1 - Konsequenzen von Regelbrüchen N2 - Social life is organized around rules and norms. The present experiments investigate the cognitive architecture of rule violations. To do so, a setting with arbitrary rules that had to be followed or broken was developed, and breaking these rules did not have any negative consequences. Removed from any social influences that might further encourage or hinder the rule breaker, results suggest that simply labeling a behavior as a rule violation comes with specific costs: They are more difficult to plan and come with specific behavioral markers during execution. In essence, rule violations resemble rule negations, but they also trigger additional processes. The question of what makes rule violations more difficult than rule inversions is the major focus of the remaining experiments. These experiments revealed negative affective consequences of rule violation and rule inversions alike, while rule violations additionally prime authority-related concepts, thus sensitizing towards authority related stimuli. Next, the question how these burdens of non-conformity can be mitigated was investigated, and the influence of having executed the behavior in question frequently and recently was tested in both negations and rule violations. The burdens of non-conformity can best be reduced by a combination of having violated/negated a rule very frequently and very recently. Transfer from another task, however, could not be identified. To conclude, a model that accounts for the data that is currently presented is proposed. As a variant of a task switching model, it describes the cognitive processes that were investigated and highlights unique processing steps that rule violations seem to require. N2 - Soziales Miteinander ist durch Regeln und Normen organisiert. Die hier beschriebenen Experimente untersuchen die kognitive Architektur von absichtsvollen Regelverstößen. Dazu wurde ein Setting entwickelt, in dem Regeln befolgt oder gebrochen werden mussten, und das Brechen dieser Regeln keine negativen Konsequenzen nach sich zog. Selbst ohne soziale Unterstützung, die das Brechen von Regeln leichter oder schwerer machen könnte, fanden wir, dass allein das Bezeichnen eines Verhaltens als Regelverletzung spezifische Kosten erzeugte: Die Planung dieses Verhaltens ist deutlich erschwert, und die Ausführung zeigt spezifische Verhaltensmuster. Regelverletzungen ähneln hierbei im weitesten Sinne Negationen, aber beinhalten zusätzliche Komponenten. Die Frage wie genau sich die kognitive Kontrolle regelwidriger Verhaltensweisen von der Verarbeitung von Negationen unterscheidet, steht im Zentrum der vorliegenden Arbeit. Die folgenden Experimente zeigen darüber hinaus neben negativen affektiven Konsequenzen, die sowohl Regelbrüche als auch Negationen vorweisen, insbesondere eine direkte Bahnung autoritätsbezogener Konzepte, die eine spezifische Begleiterscheinung absichtsvoller Regelverstöße darstellt. Als nächstes wurde getestet, wie die kognitiven Kosten von Regelverletzungen durch kürzliche oder häufige Ausführung gemindert werden können. Hier zeigte sich, dass die Kombination aus beiden Faktoren die größte Reduktion kognitiver Kosten des Regelverstoßes erbrachte. Ein Transfer von kognitiver Kontrolle von einer anderen Aufgabe konnte jedoch nicht beobachtet werden. Ein Modell, das die hier dargestellten empirischen Ergebnisse vereint, wird abschließend diskutiert. Als Variation eines Modells zum Aufgabenwechsel erklärt es die kognitiven Prozesse, die einer Regelverletzung unterliegen und zeigt Verarbeitungsschritte auf, die für Regelverletzungen spezifisch sind KW - rule violations KW - Soziale Norm KW - Regelverstoß Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-155075 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Lischke, Alexander A1 - Herpertz, Sabine C. A1 - Berger, Christoph A1 - Domes, Gregor A1 - Gamer, Matthias T1 - Divergent effects of oxytocin on (para-)limbic reactivity to emotional and neutral scenes in females with and without borderline personality disorder JF - Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience N2 - Borderline personality disorder (BPD) patients’ hypersensitivity for emotionally relevant stimuli has been suggested be due to abnormal activity and connectivity in (para-)limbic and prefrontal brain regions during stimulus processing. The neuropeptide oxytocin has been shown to modulate activity and functional connectivity in these brain regions, thereby optimizing the processing of emotional and neutral stimuli. To investigate whether oxytocin would be capable of attenuating BPD patients’ hypersensitivity for such stimuli, we recorded brain activity and gaze behavior during the processing of complex scenes in 51 females with and 48 without BPD after intranasal application of either oxytocin or placebo. We found divergent effects of oxytocin on BPD and healthy control (HC) participants’ (para-)limbic reactivity to emotional and neutral scenes: Oxytocin decreased amygdala and insula reactivity in BPD participants but increased it in HC participants, indicating an oxytocin-induced normalization of amygdala and insula activity during scene processing. In addition, oxytocin normalized the abnormal coupling between amygdala activity and gaze behavior across all scenes in BPD participants. Overall, these findings suggest that oxytocin may be capable of attenuating BPD patients’ hypersensitivity for complex scenes, irrespective of their valence. KW - psychology KW - oxytocin KW - amygdala KW - insula KW - borderline personality disorder KW - functional magnetic resonance imaging KW - eye tracking Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-173309 VL - 12 IS - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Berti, Stefan A1 - Vossel, Gerhard A1 - Gamer, Matthias T1 - The orienting response in healthy aging: Novelty P3 indicates no general decline but reduced efficacy for fast stimulation rates JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Automatic orienting to unexpected changes in the environment is a pre-requisite for adaptive behavior. One prominent mechanism of automatic attentional control is the Orienting Response (OR). Despite the fundamental significance of the OR in everyday life, only little is known about how the OR is affected by healthy aging. We tested this question in two age groups (19–38 and 55–72 years) and measured skin-conductance responses (SCRs) and event-related brain potentials (ERPs) to novels (i.e., short environmental sounds presented only once in the experiment; 10% of the trials) compared to standard sounds (600 Hz sinusoidal tones with 200 ms duration; 90% of the trials). Novel and standard stimuli were presented in four conditions differing in the inter-stimulus interval (ISI) with a mean ISI of either 10, 3, 1, or 0.5 s (blocked presentation). In both age groups, pronounced SCRs were elicited by novels in the 10 s ISI condition, suggesting the elicitation of stable ORs. These effects were accompanied by pronounced N1 and frontal P3 amplitudes in the ERP, suggesting that automatic novelty processing and orientation of attention are effective in both age groups. Furthermore, the SCR and ERP effects declined with decreasing ISI length. In addition, differences between the two groups were observable with the fastest presentation rates (i.e., 1 and 0.5 s ISI length). The most prominent difference was a shift of the peak of the frontal positivity from around 300 to 200 ms in the 19–38 years group while in the 55–72 years group the amplitude of the frontal P3 decreased linearly with decreasing ISI length. Taken together, this pattern of results does not suggest a general decline in processing efficacy with healthy aging. At least with very rare changes (here, the novels in the 10 s ISI condition) the OR is as effective in healthy older adults as in younger adults. With faster presentation rates, however, the efficacy of the OR decreases. This seems to result in a switch from novelty to deviant processing in younger adults, but less so in the group of older adults. KW - psychology KW - attention KW - change detection KW - auditory system KW - novelty processing KW - event-related potential (ERP) KW - P300 KW - skin conductance response (SCR) Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-173651 VL - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Rodrigues, Johannes A1 - Ulrich, Natalie A1 - Mussel, Patrick A1 - Carlo, Gustavo A1 - Hewig, Johannes T1 - Measuring prosocial tendencies in Germany: sources of validity and reliablity of the revised prosocial tendency measure JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The prosocial tendencies measure (PTM; Carlo and Randall, 2002) is a widely used measurement for prosocial tendencies in English speaking participants. This instrument distinguishes between six different types of prosocial tendencies that partly share some common basis, but also can be opposed to each other. To examine these constructs in Germany, a study with 1067 participants was conducted. The study investigated the structure of this German version of the PTM-R via exploratory factor analysis, confirmatory factor analysis, correlations with similar constructs in subsamples as well as via measurement invariance test concerning the original English version. The German translation showed a similar factor structure to the English version in exploratory factor analysis and in confirmatory factor analysis. Measurement invariance was found between the English and German language versions of the PTM and support for the proposed six-factor structure (altruistic, anonymous, compliant, dire, emotional and public prosocial behavior) was also found in confirmatory factor analysis. Furthermore, the expected interrelations of these factors of prosocial behavior tendencies were obtained. Finally, correlations of the prosocial behavior tendencies with validating constructs and behaviors were found. Thus, the findings stress the importance of seeing prosocial behavior not as a single dimension construct, but as a factored construct which now can also be assessed in German speaking participants. KW - measurement invariance KW - prosocial tendency measure KW - prosocial behavior KW - altruism KW - validation KW - German translation Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-159351 VL - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Müller, Bettina A1 - Richter, Tobias A1 - Karageorgos, Panagiotis A1 - Krawietz, Sabine A1 - Ennemoser, Marco T1 - Effects of a syllable-based reading intervention in poor-reading fourth graders JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - In transparent orthographies, persistent reading fluency difficulties are a major cause of poor reading skills in primary school. The purpose of the present study was to investigate effects of a syllable-based reading intervention on word reading fluency and reading comprehension among German-speaking poor readers in Grade 4. The 16-session intervention was based on analyzing the syllabic structure of words to strengthen the mental representations of syllables and words that consist of these syllables. The training materials were designed using the 500 most frequent syllables typically read by fourth graders. The 75 poor readers were randomly allocated to the treatment or the control group. Results indicate a significant and strong effect on the fluency of recognizing single words, whereas text-level reading comprehension was not significantly improved by the training. The specific treatment effect provides evidence that a short syllable-based approach works even in older poor readers at the end of primary school. KW - word reading fluency KW - syllable-based intervention KW - older poor readers KW - primary school KW - reading comprehension Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-158841 VL - 8 IS - 1635 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Flechsenhar, Aleya Felicia A1 - Gamer, Matthias T1 - Top-down influence on gaze patterns in the presence of social features JF - PLoS ONE N2 - Visual saliency maps reflecting locations that stand out from the background in terms of their low-level physical features have proven to be very useful for empirical research on attentional exploration and reliably predict gaze behavior. In the present study we tested these predictions for socially relevant stimuli occurring in naturalistic scenes using eye tracking. We hypothesized that social features (i.e. human faces or bodies) would be processed preferentially over non-social features (i.e. objects, animals) regardless of their low-level saliency. To challenge this notion, we included three tasks that deliberately addressed non-social attributes. In agreement with our hypothesis, social information, especially heads, was preferentially attended compared to highly salient image regions across all tasks. Social information was never required to solve a task but was regarded nevertheless. More so, after completing the task requirements, viewing behavior reverted back to that of free-viewing with heavy prioritization of social features. Additionally, initial eye movements reflecting potentially automatic shifts of attention, were predominantly directed towards heads irrespective of top-down task demands. On these grounds, we suggest that social stimuli may provide exclusive access to the priority map, enabling social attention to override reflexive and controlled attentional processes. Furthermore, our results challenge the generalizability of saliency-based attention models. KW - eye movements KW - social features KW - visual saliency KW - gaze KW - face KW - attention Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-170468 VL - 12 IS - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wallmann-Sperlich, Birgit A1 - Bipp, Tanja A1 - Bucksch, Jens A1 - Froboese, Ingo T1 - Who uses height-adjustable desks? - Sociodemographic, health-related, and psycho-social variables of regular users JF - International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity N2 - Background: Sit-to-stand height-adjustable desks (HAD) may promote workplace standing, as long as workers use them on a regular basis. The aim of this study was to investigate (i) how common HAD in German desk-based workers are, and how frequently HADs are used, (ii) to identify sociodemographic, health-related, and psycho-social variables of workday sitting including having a HAD, and (iii) to analyse sociodemographic, health-related, and psycho-social variables of users and non-users of HADs. Methods: A cross-sectional sample of 680 participants (51.9% men; 41.0 ± 13.1 years) in a desk-based occupation was interviewed by telephone about their occupational sitting and standing proportions, having and usage of a HAD, and answered questions concerning psycho-social variables of occupational sitting. The proportion of workday sitting was calculated for participants having an HAD (n = 108) and not-having an HAD (n = 573), as well as for regular users of HAD (n = 54), and irregular/non-users of HAD (n = 54). Linear regressions were conducted to calculate associations between socio-demographic, health-related, psychosocial variables and having/not having an HAD, and the proportion of workday sitting. Logistic regressions were executed to examine the association of mentioned variables and participants’ usage of HADs. Results: Sixteen percent report that they have an HAD, and 50% of these report regular use of HAD. Having an HAD is not a correlate of the proportion of workday sitting. Further analysis restricted to participants having available a HAD highlights that only the ‘perceived advantages of sitting less’ was significantly associated with HAD use in the fully adjusted model (OR 1.75 [1.09; 2.81], p < 0.05). Conclusions: The present findings indicate that accompanying behavioral action while providing an HAD is promising to increase the regular usage of HAD. Hence, future research needs to address the specificity of behavioral actions in order to enhance regular HAD use, and needs to give more fundamental insights into these associations. KW - cross-sectional KW - office-workers KW - desk-based KW - height-adjustable desk KW - occupational sitting and physical activity questionnaire KW - sitting time KW - correlates KW - natural approach Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-157888 VL - 14 IS - 26 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Shiban, Youssef A1 - Diemer, Julia A1 - Müller, Jana A1 - Brütting-Schick, Johanna A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Mühlberger, Andreas T1 - Diaphragmatic breathing during virtual reality exposure therapy for aviophobia: functional coping strategy or avoidance behavior? A pilot study JF - BMC Psychiatry N2 - Background: Although there is solid evidence for the efficacy of in vivo and virtual reality (VR) exposure therapy for a specific phobia, there is a significant debate over whether techniques promoting distraction or relaxation have impairing or enhancing effects on treatment outcome. In the present pilot study, we investigated the effect of diaphragmatic breathing (DB) as a relaxation technique during VR exposure treatment. Method: Twenty-nine patients with aviophobia were randomly assigned to VR exposure treatment either with or without diaphragmatic breathing (six cycles per minute). Subjective fear ratings, heart rate and skin conductance were assessed as indicators of fear during both the exposure and the test session one week later. Results: The group that experienced VR exposure combined with diaphragmatic breathing showed a higher tendency to effectively overcome the fear of flying. Psychophysiological measures of fear decreased and self-efficacy increased in both groups with no significant difference between the groups. Conclusions: Our findings indicate that diaphragmatic breathing during VR exposure does not interfere with the treatment outcome and may even enhance treatment effects of VR exposure therapy for aviophobic patients. KW - Virtual reality KW - Exposure therapy KW - Diaphragmatic breathing KW - Aviophobia KW - Experimental study Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-181007 VL - 17 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Foerster, Anna A1 - Pfister, Roland A1 - Reuss, Heiko A1 - Kunde, Wilfried T1 - Commentary: Feeling the Conflict: The Crucial Role of Conflict Experience in Adaptation JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - A commentary on: Feeling the Conflict: The Crucial Role of Conflict Experience in Adaptationby Desender, K., Van Opstal, F., and Van den Bussche, E. (2014). Psychol. Sci. 25, 675–683. doi:10.1177/0956797613511468 Conflict adaptation in masked priming has recently been proposed to rely not on successful conflictresolution but rather on conflict experience (Desender et al., 2014). We re-assessed this proposal ina direct replication and also tested a potential confound due toconflict strength. The data supported this alternative view, but also failed to replicate basic conflict adaptation effects of the original studydespite considerable power. KW - conflict adaptation KW - conflict experience KW - conflict strength KW - cognitive conflict KW - cognitive control Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190032 SN - 1664-1078 VL - 8 IS - 1405 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Pfister, Roland A1 - Schwarz, Katharina A. A1 - Wirth, Robert A1 - Lindner, Isabel T1 - My Command, My Act: Observation Inflation in Face-To-Face Interactions JF - Advances in Cognitive Psychology N2 - When observing another agent performing simple actions, these actions are systematically remembered as one’s own after a brief period of time. Such observation inflation has been documented as a robust phenomenon in studies in which participants passively observed videotaped actions. Whether observation inflation also holds for direct, face-to-face interactions is an open question that we addressed in two experiments. In Experiment 1, participants commanded the experimenter to carry out certain actions, and they indeed reported false memories of self-performance in a later memory test. The effect size of this inflation effect was similar to passive observation as confirmed by Experiment 2. These findings suggest that observation inflation might affect action memory in a broad range of real-world interactions. KW - observation inflation KW - memory bias KW - action observation KW - motor simulation Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-170739 VL - 13 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Schindler, Julia A1 - Richter, Tobias A1 - Eyßer, Carolin T1 - Mood moderates the effect of self-generation during learning JF - Frontline Learning Research N2 - Generating information, compared to reading, improves learning and enhances long-term retention of the learned content. This so-called generation effect has been demonstrated repeatedly for recall and recognition of single words. However, before adopting generating as a learning strategy in educational contexts, conditions moderating the effect need to be identified. This study investigated the impact of positive and negative mood states on the generation effect with short expository texts. According to the dual-force framework (Fiedler, Nickel, Asbeck, & Pagel, 2003), positive mood should facilitate generation by enhancing creative knowledge-based top-down processing (assimilation). Negative mood, however, should facilitate learning in the read-condition by enhancing critical stimulus-driven bottom-up processing (accommodation). In contrast to our expectations, we found no general generation effect but an overall learning advantage of read compared to generated texts. However, a significant interaction of learning condition and mood indicates that learners in a better mood recall generated texts better than learners in a more negative mood, whereas no mood effect was found when the texts were read. The results of the present study partially support the predictions of the dual-force framework and are discussed in the context of recent theoretical approaches to the generation effect. KW - mood states KW - generation effect KW - learning with expository texts Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-159282 VL - 5 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Genheimer, Hannah A1 - Andreatta, Marta A1 - Asan, Esther A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - Reinstatement of contextual conditioned anxiety in virtual reality and the effects of transcutaneous vagus nerve stimulation in humans JF - Scientific Reports N2 - Since exposure therapy for anxiety disorders incorporates extinction of contextual anxiety, relapses may be due to reinstatement processes. Animal research demonstrated more stable extinction memory and less anxiety relapse due to vagus nerve stimulation (VNS). We report a valid human three-day context conditioning, extinction and return of anxiety protocol, which we used to examine effects of transcutaneous VNS (tVNS). Seventy-five healthy participants received electric stimuli (unconditioned stimuli, US) during acquisition (Day1) when guided through one virtual office (anxiety context, CTX+) but never in another (safety context, CTX−). During extinction (Day2), participants received tVNS, sham, or no stimulation and revisited both contexts without US delivery. On Day3, participants received three USs for reinstatement followed by a test phase. Successful acquisition, i.e. startle potentiation, lower valence, higher arousal, anxiety and contingency ratings in CTX+ versus CTX−, the disappearance of these effects during extinction, and successful reinstatement indicate validity of this paradigm. Interestingly, we found generalized reinstatement in startle responses and differential reinstatement in valence ratings. Altogether, our protocol serves as valid conditioning paradigm. Reinstatement effects indicate different anxiety networks underlying physiological versus verbal responses. However, tVNS did neither affect extinction nor reinstatement, which asks for validation and improvement of the stimulation protocol. KW - psychology KW - vagus nerve stimulation KW - contextual anxiety KW - fear conditioning KW - extinction Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-169892 VL - 7 IS - 17886 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Schubert, Lisa A1 - Körner, Anita A1 - Lindau, Berit A1 - Strack, Fritz A1 - Topolinski, Sascha T1 - Open-Minded Midwifes, Literate Butchers, and Greedy Hooligans - The Independent Contributions of Stereotype Valence and Consistency on Evaluative Judgments JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Do people evaluate an open-minded midwife less positively than a caring midwife? Both open-minded and caring are generally seen as positive attributes. However, consistency varies—the attribute caring is consistent with the midwife stereotype while open-minded is not. In general, both stimulus valence and consistency can influence evaluations. Six experiments investigated the respective influence of valence and consistency on evaluative judgments in the domain of stereotyping. In an impression formation paradigm, valence and consistency of stereotypic information about target persons were manipulated orthogonally and spontaneous evaluations of these target persons were measured. Valence reliably influenced evaluations. However, for strongly valenced stereotypes, no effect of consistency was observed. Parameters possibly preventing the occurrence of consistency effects were ruled out, specifically, valence of inconsistent attributes, processing priority of category information, and impression formation instructions. However, consistency had subtle effects on evaluative judgments if the information about a target person was not strongly valenced and experimental conditions were optimal. Concluding, in principle, both stereotype valence and consistency can play a role in evaluative judgments of stereotypic target persons. However, the more subtle influence of consistency does not seem to substantially influence evaluations of stereotyped target persons. Implications for fluency research and stereotype disconfirmation are discussed. KW - stereotypes KW - consistency KW - evaluation KW - valence Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-170222 VL - 8 IS - 1723 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Münchow, Hannes A1 - Mengelkamp, Christoph A1 - Bannert, Maria T1 - The better you feel the better you learn: do warm colours and rounded shapes enhance learning outcome in multimedia learning? JF - Education Research International N2 - The aim of the present study was to examine whether fostering positive activating affect during multimedia learning enhances learning outcome. University students were randomly assigned to either a multimedia learning environment designed to induce positive activating affect through the use of “warm” colours and rounded shapes () or an affectively neutral environment that used achromatic colours and sharp edges (). Participants learned about the topic of functional neuroanatomy for 20 minutes and had to answer several questions for comprehension and transfer afterwards. Affective states as well as achievement goal orientations were investigated before and after the learning phase using questionnaires. The results show that participants in the affectively positive environment were superior in comprehension as well as transfer when initial affect was strong. Preexperimental positive affect was therefore a predictor of comprehension and a moderator for transfer. Goal orientations did not influence these effects. The findings support the idea that positive affect, induced through the design of the particular multimedia learning environment, can facilitate performance if initial affective states are taken into account. KW - shape KW - learning outcome KW - multimedia learning KW - colour Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-158566 VL - 2017 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Steinborn, Michael B. A1 - Huestegge, Lynn T1 - Phone conversation while processing information: chronometric analysis of load effects in everyday-media multitasking JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - This is a pilot study that examined the effect of cell-phone conversation on cognition using a continuous multitasking paradigm. Current theorizing argues that phone conversation affects behavior (e.g., driving) by interfering at a level of cognitive processes (not peripheral activity) and by implying an attentional-failure account. Within the framework of an intermittent spare–utilized capacity threading model, we examined the effect of aspects of (secondary-task) phone conversation on (primary-task) continuous arithmetic performance, asking whether phone use makes components of automatic and controlled information-processing (i.e., easy vs. hard mental arithmetic) run more slowly, or alternatively, makes processing run less reliably albeit with the same processing speed. The results can be summarized as follows: While neither expecting a text message nor expecting an impending phone call had any detrimental effects on performance, active phone conversation was clearly detrimental to primary-task performance. Crucially, the decrement imposed by secondary-task (conversation) was not due to a constant slowdown but is better be characterized by an occasional breakdown of information processing, which differentially affected automatic and controlled components of primary-task processing. In conclusion, these findings support the notion that phone conversation makes individuals not constantly slower but more vulnerable to commit attention failure, and in this way, hampers stability of (primary-task) information processing. KW - effort KW - vigilance KW - sustained attention KW - cell phone conversation KW - variability Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-158253 VL - 8 IS - 896 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Rösler, Lara A1 - End, Albert A1 - Gamer, Matthias T1 - Orienting towards social features in naturalistic scenes is reflexive JF - PLoS ONE N2 - Saliency-based models of visual attention postulate that, when a scene is freely viewed, attention is predominantly allocated to those elements that stand out in terms of their physical properties. However, eye-tracking studies have shown that saliency models fail to predict gaze behavior accurately when social information is included in an image. Notably, gaze pattern analyses revealed that depictions of human beings are heavily prioritized independent of their low-level physical saliency. What remains unknown, however, is whether the prioritization of such social features is a reflexive or a voluntary process. To investigate the early stages of social attention in more detail, participants viewed photographs of naturalistic scenes with and without social features (i.e., human heads or bodies) for 200 ms while their eye movements were being recorded. We observed significantly more first eye movements to regions containing social features than would be expected from a chance level distribution of saccades. Additionally, a generalized linear mixed model analysis revealed that the social content of a region better predicted first saccade direction than its saliency suggesting that social features partially override the impact of low-level physical saliency on gaze patterns. Given the brief image presentation time that precluded visual exploration, our results provide compelling evidence for a reflexive component in social attention. Moreover, the present study emphasizes the importance of considering social influences for a more coherent understanding of human attentional selection. KW - social features KW - visual attention KW - gaze patterns KW - reflexive component Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-170586 VL - 12 IS - 7 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zürn, Michael A1 - Strack, Fritz T1 - When More Is Better – Consumption Priming Decreases Responders’ Rejections in the Ultimatum Game JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - During the past decades, economic theories of rational choice have been exposed to outcomes that were severe challenges to their claim of universal validity. For example, traditional theories cannot account for refusals to cooperate if cooperation would result in higher payoffs. A prominent illustration are responders’ rejections of positive but unequal payoffs in the Ultimatum Game. To accommodate this anomaly in a rational framework one needs to assume both a preference for higher payoffs and a preference for equal payoffs. The current set of studies shows that the relative weight of these preference components depends on external conditions and that consumption priming may decrease responders’ rejections of unequal payoffs. Specifically, we demonstrate that increasing the accessibility of consumption-related information accentuates the preference for higher payoffs. Furthermore, consumption priming increased responders’ reaction times for unequal payoffs which suggests an increased conflict between both preference components. While these results may also be integrated into existing social preference models, we try to identify some basic psychological processes underlying economic decision making. Going beyond the Ultimatum Game, we propose that a distinction between comparative and deductive evaluations may provide a more general framework to account for various anomalies in behavioral economics. KW - Ultimatum Game KW - comparison KW - consumption priming KW - evaluation KW - cognitive processes Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189989 SN - 1664-1078 VL - 8 IS - 2226 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Erlbeck, Helena A1 - Mochty, Ursula A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Real, Ruben G. L. T1 - Circadian course of the P300 ERP in patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis - implications for brain-computer interfaces (BCI) JF - BMC Neurology N2 - Background: Accidents or neurodegenerative diseases like amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) can lead to progressing, extensive, and complete paralysis leaving patients aware but unable to communicate (locked-in state). Brain-computer interfaces (BCI) based on electroencephalography represent an important approach to establish communication with these patients. The most common BCI for communication rely on the P300, a positive deflection arising in response to rare events. To foster broader application of BCIs for restoring lost function, also for end-users with impaired vision, we explored whether there were specific time windows during the day in which a P300 driven BCI should be preferably applied. Methods: The present study investigated the influence of time of the day and modality (visual vs. auditory) on P300 amplitude and latency. A sample of 14 patients (end-users) with ALS and 14 healthy age matched volunteers participated in the study and P300 event-related potentials (ERP) were recorded at four different times (10, 12 am, 2, & 4 pm) during the day. Results: Results indicated no differences in P300 amplitudes or latencies between groups (ALS patients v. healthy participants) or time of measurement. In the auditory condition, latencies were shorter and amplitudes smaller as compared to the visual condition. Conclusion: Our findings suggest applicability of EEG/BCI sessions in patients with ALS throughout normal waking hours. Future studies using actual BCI systems are needed to generalize these findings with regard to BCI effectiveness/efficiency and other times of day. KW - brain computer interface KW - amyotrophic lateral sclerosis KW - ALS KW - P300 KW - auditory KW - visual KW - BCI Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-157423 VL - 17 IS - 3 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Käthner, Ivo A1 - Halder, Sebastian A1 - Hintermüller, Christoph A1 - Espinosa, Arnau A1 - Guger, Christoph A1 - Miralles, Felip A1 - Vargiu, Eloisa A1 - Dauwalder, Stefan A1 - Rafael-Palou, Xavier A1 - Solà, Marc A1 - Daly, Jean M. A1 - Armstrong, Elaine A1 - Martin, Suzanne A1 - Kübler, Andrea T1 - A Multifunctional Brain-Computer Interface Intended for Home Use: An Evaluation with Healthy Participants and Potential End Users with Dry and Gel-Based Electrodes JF - Frontiers in Neuroscience N2 - Current brain-computer interface (BCIs) software is often tailored to the needs of scientists and technicians and therefore complex to allow for versatile use. To facilitate home use of BCIs a multifunctional P300 BCI with a graphical user interface intended for non-expert set-up and control was designed and implemented. The system includes applications for spelling, web access, entertainment, artistic expression and environmental control. In addition to new software, it also includes new hardware for the recording of electroencephalogram (EEG) signals. The EEG system consists of a small and wireless amplifier attached to a cap that can be equipped with gel-based or dry contact electrodes. The system was systematically evaluated with a healthy sample, and targeted end users of BCI technology, i.e., people with a varying degree of motor impairment tested the BCI in a series of individual case studies. Usability was assessed in terms of effectiveness, efficiency and satisfaction. Feedback of users was gathered with structured questionnaires. Two groups of healthy participants completed an experimental protocol with the gel-based and the dry contact electrodes (N = 10 each). The results demonstrated that all healthy participants gained control over the system and achieved satisfactory to high accuracies with both gel-based and dry electrodes (average error rates of 6 and 13%). Average satisfaction ratings were high, but certain aspects of the system such as the wearing comfort of the dry electrodes and design of the cap, and speed (in both groups) were criticized by some participants. Six potential end users tested the system during supervised sessions. The achieved accuracies varied greatly from no control to high control with accuracies comparable to that of healthy volunteers. Satisfaction ratings of the two end-users that gained control of the system were lower as compared to healthy participants. The advantages and disadvantages of the BCI and its applications are discussed and suggestions are presented for improvements to pave the way for user friendly BCIs intended to be used as assistive technology by persons with severe paralysis. KW - end-user evaluation KW - brain-computer interface KW - EEG KW - practical electrodes KW - assistive technology Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-157925 VL - 11 IS - 286 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Schneider, Wolfgang A1 - Niklas, Frank T1 - Intelligence and verbal short-term memory/working memory: their interrelationships from childhood to young adulthood and their impact on academic achievement JF - Journal of Intelligence N2 - Although recent developmental studies exploring the predictive power of intelligence and working memory (WM) for educational achievement in children have provided evidence for the importance of both variables, findings concerning the relative impact of IQ and WM on achievement have been inconsistent. Whereas IQ has been identified as the major predictor variable in a few studies, results from several other developmental investigations suggest that WM may be the stronger predictor of academic achievement. In the present study, data from the Munich Longitudinal Study on the Genesis of Individual Competencies (LOGIC) were used to explore this issue further. The secondary data analysis included data from about 200 participants whose IQ and WM was first assessed at the age of six and repeatedly measured until the ages of 18 and 23. Measures of reading, spelling, and math were also repeatedly assessed for this age range. Both regression analyses based on observed variables and latent variable structural equation modeling (SEM) were carried out to explore whether the predictive power of IQ and WM would differ as a function of time point of measurement (i.e., early vs. late assessment). As a main result of various regression analyses, IQ and WM turned out to be reliable predictors of academic achievement, both in early and later developmental stages, when previous domain knowledge was not included as additional predictor. The latter variable accounted for most of the variance in more comprehensive regression models, reducing the impact of both IQ and WM considerably. Findings from SEM analyses basically confirmed this outcome, indicating IQ impacts on educational achievement in the early phase, and illustrating the strong additional impact of previous domain knowledge on achievement at later stages of development. KW - intelligence KW - short-term memory KW - working memory KW - academic achievement KW - domain knowledge KW - LOGIC study Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-198004 SN - 2079-3200 VL - 5 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Bahník, Štěpán A1 - Strack, Fritz T1 - Overlap of accessible information undermines the anchoring effect JF - Judgment and Decision Making N2 - According to the Selective Accessibility Model of anchoring, the comparison question in the standard anchoring paradigm activates information that is congruent with an anchor. As a consequence, this information will be more likely to become the basis for the absolute judgment which will therefore be assimilated toward the anchor. However, if the activated information overlaps with information that is elicited by the absolute judgment itself, the preceding comparative judgment should not exert an incremental effect and should fail to result in an anchoring effect. The present studies find this result when the comparative judgment refers to a general category and the absolute judgment refers to a subset of the general category that was activated by the anchor value. For example, participants comparing the average annual temperature in New York City to a high 102 °F judged the average winter, but not summer temperature to be higher than participants making no comparison. On the other hand, participants comparing the annual temperature to a low –4 °F judged the average summer, but not winter temperature to be lower than control participants. This pattern of results was shown also in another content domain. It is consistent with the Selective Accessibility Model but difficult to reconcile with other main explanations of the anchoring effect. KW - anchoring KW - judgment KW - heuristics and biases KW - selective accessibility Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-169287 VL - 11 IS - 1 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kempert, Sebastian A1 - Götz, Regina A1 - Blatter, Kristine A1 - Tibken, Catharina A1 - Artelt, Cordula A1 - Schneider, Wolfgang A1 - Stanat, Petra T1 - Training Early Literacy Related Skills: To Which Degree Does a Musical Training Contribute to Phonological Awareness Development? JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Well-developed phonological awareness skills are a core prerequisite for early literacy development. Although effective phonological awareness training programs exist, children at risk often do not reach similar levels of phonological awareness after the intervention as children with normally developed skills. Based on theoretical considerations and first promising results the present study explores effects of an early musical training in combination with a conventional phonological training in children with weak phonological awareness skills. Using a quasi-experimental pretest-posttest control group design and measurements across a period of 2 years, we tested the effects of two interventions: a consecutive combination of a musical and a phonological training and a phonological training alone. The design made it possible to disentangle effects of the musical training alone as well the effects of its combination with the phonological training. The outcome measures of these groups were compared with the control group with multivariate analyses, controlling for a number of background variables. The sample included N = 424 German-speaking children aged 4–5 years at the beginning of the study. We found a positive relationship between musical abilities and phonological awareness. Yet, whereas the well-established phonological training produced the expected effects, adding a musical training did not contribute significantly to phonological awareness development. Training effects were partly dependent on the initial level of phonological awareness. Possible reasons for the lack of training effects in the musical part of the combination condition as well as practical implications for early literacy education are discussed. KW - phonological awareness KW - musical training KW - phonological training KW - preschool children KW - early literacy Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165272 VL - 7 IS - 1803 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wunsch, Kathrin A1 - Pfister, Roland A1 - Henning, Anne A1 - Aschersleben, Gisa A1 - Weigelt, Matthias T1 - No Interrelation of Motor Planning and Executive Functions across Young Ages JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The present study examined the developmental trajectories of motor planning and executive functioning in children. To this end, we tested 217 participants with three motor tasks, measuring anticipatory planning abilities (i.e., the bar-transport-task, the sword-rotation-task and the grasp-height-task), and three cognitive tasks, measuring executive functions (i.e., the Tower-of-Hanoi-task, the Mosaic-task, and the D2-attention-endurance-task). Children were aged between 3 and 10 years and were separated into age groups by 1-year bins, resulting in a total of eight groups of children and an additional group of adults. Results suggested (1) a positive developmental trajectory for each of the sub-tests, with better task performance as children get older; (2) that the performance in the separate tasks was not correlated across participants in the different age groups; and (3) that there was no relationship between performance in the motor tasks and in the cognitive tasks used in the present study when controlling for age. These results suggest that both, motor planning and executive functions are rather heterogeneous domains of cognitive functioning with fewer interdependencies than often suggested. KW - anticipatory planning KW - end-state comfort effect KW - developmental disorders KW - child development KW - motor development Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165281 VL - 7 IS - 1031 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Gressmann, Marcel A1 - Janczyk, Markus T1 - The (Un)Clear Effects of Invalid Retro-Cues JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Studies with the retro-cue paradigm have shown that validly cueing objects in visual working memory long after encoding can still benefit performance on subsequent change detection tasks. With regard to the effects of invalid cues, the literature is less clear. Some studies reported costs, others did not. We here revisit two recent studies that made interesting suggestions concerning invalid retro-cues: One study suggested that costs only occur for larger set sizes, and another study suggested that inclusion of invalid retro-cues diminishes the retro-cue benefit. New data from one experiment and a reanalysis of published data are provided to address these conclusions. The new data clearly show costs (and benefits) that were independent of set size, and the reanalysis suggests no influence of the inclusion of invalid retro-cues on the retro-cue benefit. Thus, previous interpretations may be taken with some caution at present. KW - visual working memory KW - retro-cue KW - attention KW - replication Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165296 VL - 7 IS - 244 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Peperkorn, Henrik M. A1 - Diemer, Julia E. A1 - Alpers, Georg W. A1 - Mühlberger, Andreas T1 - Representation of Patients' Hand Modulates Fear Reactions of Patients with Spider Phobia in Virtual Reality JF - frontiers in Psychology N2 - Embodiment (i.e., the involvement of a bodily representation) is thought to be relevant in emotional experiences. Virtual reality (VR) is a capable means of activating phobic fear in patients. The representation of the patient’s body (e.g., the right hand) in VR enhances immersion and increases presence, but its effect on phobic fear is still unknown. We analyzed the influence of the presentation of the participant’s hand in VR on presence and fear responses in 32 women with spider phobia and 32 matched controls. Participants sat in front of a table with an acrylic glass container within reaching distance. During the experiment this setup was concealed by a head-mounted display (HMD). The VR scenario presented via HMD showed the same setup, i.e., a table with an acrylic glass container. Participants were randomly assigned to one of two experimental groups. In one group, fear responses were triggered by fear-relevant visual input in VR (virtual spider in the virtual acrylic glass container), while information about a real but unseen neutral control animal (living snake in the acrylic glass container) was given. The second group received fear-relevant information of the real but unseen situation (living spider in the acrylic glass container), but visual input was kept neutral VR (virtual snake in the virtual acrylic glass container). Participants were instructed to touch the acrylic glass container with their right hand in 20 consecutive trials. Visibility of the hand was varied randomly in a within-subjects design. We found for all participants that visibility of the participant’s hand increased presence independently of the fear trigger. However, in patients, the influence of the virtual hand on fear depended on the fear trigger. When fear was triggered perceptually, i.e., by a virtual spider, the virtual hand increased fear. When fear was triggered by information about a real spider, the virtual hand had no effect on fear. Our results shed light on the significance of different fear triggers (visual, conceptual) in interaction with body representations. KW - virtual reality KW - presence KW - immersion KW - perception KW - fear KW - specific phobia Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165307 VL - 7 IS - 268 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Citron, Francesca M. M. A1 - Abugaber, David A1 - Herbert, Cornelia T1 - Approach and Withdrawal Tendencies during Written Word Processing: Effects of Task, Emotional Valence, and Emotional Arousal JF - frontiers in Psychology N2 - The affective dimensions of emotional valence and emotional arousal affect processing of verbal and pictorial stimuli. Traditional emotional theories assume a linear relationship between these dimensions, with valence determining the direction of a behavior (approach vs. withdrawal) and arousal its intensity or strength. In contrast, according to the valence-arousal conflict theory, both dimensions are interactively related: positive valence and low arousal (PL) are associated with an implicit tendency to approach a stimulus, whereas negative valence and high arousal (NH) are associated with withdrawal. Hence, positive, high-arousal (PH) and negative, low-arousal (NL) stimuli elicit conflicting action tendencies. By extending previous research that used several tasks and methods, the present study investigated whether and how emotional valence and arousal affect subjective approach vs. withdrawal tendencies toward emotional words during two novel tasks. In Study 1, participants had to decide whether they would approach or withdraw from concepts expressed by written words. In Studies 2 and 3 participants had to respond to each word by pressing one of two keys labeled with an arrow pointing upward or downward. Across experiments, positive and negative words, high or low in arousal, were presented. In Study 1 (explicit task), in line with the valence-arousal conflict theory, PH and NL words were responded to more slowly than PL and NH words. In addition, participants decided to approach positive words more often than negative words. In Studies 2 and 3, participants responded faster to positive than negative words, irrespective of their level of arousal. Furthermore, positive words were significantly more often associated with “up” responses than negative words, thus supporting the existence of implicit associations between stimulus valence and response coding (positive is up and negative is down). Hence, in contexts in which participants' spontaneous responses are based on implicit associations between stimulus valence and response, there is no influence of arousal. In line with the valence-arousal conflict theory, arousal seems to affect participants' approach-withdrawal tendencies only when such tendencies are made explicit by the task, and a minimal degree of processing depth is required. KW - approach KW - withdrawal KW - valence KW - arousal KW - emotion KW - words KW - polarity effects Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165318 VL - 6 IS - 1935 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Lugo, Zulay R. A1 - Quitadamo, Lucia R. A1 - Bianchi, Luigi A1 - Pellas, Fréderic A1 - Veser, Sandra A1 - Lesenfants, Damien A1 - Real, Ruben G. L. A1 - Herbert, Cornelia A1 - Guger, Christoph A1 - Kotchoubey, Boris A1 - Mattia, Donatella A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Laureys, Steven A1 - Noirhomme, Quentin T1 - Cognitive Processing in Non-Communicative Patients: What Can Event-Related Potentials Tell Us? JF - Frontiers in Human Neuroscience N2 - Event-related potentials (ERP) have been proposed to improve the differential diagnosis of non-responsive patients. We investigated the potential of the P300 as a reliable marker of conscious processing in patients with locked-in syndrome (LIS). Eleven chronic LIS patients and 10 healthy subjects (HS) listened to a complex-tone auditory oddball paradigm, first in a passive condition (listen to the sounds) and then in an active condition (counting the deviant tones). Seven out of nine HS displayed a P300 waveform in the passive condition and all in the active condition. HS showed statistically significant changes in peak and area amplitude between conditions. Three out of seven LIS patients showed the P3 waveform in the passive condition and five of seven in the active condition. No changes in peak amplitude and only a significant difference at one electrode in area amplitude were observed in this group between conditions. We conclude that, in spite of keeping full consciousness and intact or nearly intact cortical functions, compared to HS, LIS patients present less reliable results when testing with ERP, specifically in the passive condition. We thus strongly recommend applying ERP paradigms in an active condition when evaluating consciousness in non-responsive patients. KW - P300 KW - event-related potentials KW - locked-in syndrome KW - vegetative state KW - unresponsive wakefulness syndrome KW - minimally conscious state Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165165 VL - 10 IS - 569 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Sijie A1 - Allison, Brendan Z. A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Cichocki, Andrzej A1 - Wang, Xingyu A1 - Jin, Jing T1 - Effects of Background Music on Objective and Subjective Performance Measures in an Auditory BCI JF - Frontiers in Computational Neuroscience N2 - Several studies have explored brain computer interface (BCI) systems based on auditory stimuli, which could help patients with visual impairments. Usability and user satisfaction are important considerations in any BCI. Although background music can influence emotion and performance in other task environments, and many users may wish to listen to music while using a BCI, auditory, and other BCIs are typically studied without background music. Some work has explored the possibility of using polyphonic music in auditory BCI systems. However, this approach requires users with good musical skills, and has not been explored in online experiments. Our hypothesis was that an auditory BCI with background music would be preferred by subjects over a similar BCI without background music, without any difference in BCI performance. We introduce a simple paradigm (which does not require musical skill) using percussion instrument sound stimuli and background music, and evaluated it in both offline and online experiments. The result showed that subjects preferred the auditory BCI with background music. Different performance measures did not reveal any significant performance effect when comparing background music vs. no background. Since the addition of background music does not impair BCI performance but is preferred by users, auditory (and perhaps other) BCIs should consider including it. Our study also indicates that auditory BCIs can be effective even if the auditory channel is simultaneously otherwise engaged. KW - brain computer interface KW - event-related potentials KW - auditory KW - music background KW - audio stimulus Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165101 VL - 10 IS - 105 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Riepl, Korbinian A1 - Mussel, Patrick A1 - Osinsky, Roman A1 - Hewig, Johannes T1 - Influences of State and Trait Affect on Behavior, Feedback-Related Negativity, and P3b in the Ultimatum Game JF - PLoS One N2 - The present study investigates how different emotions can alter social bargaining behavior. An important paradigm to study social bargaining is the Ultimatum Game. There, a proposer gets a pot of money and has to offer part of it to a responder. If the responder accepts, both players get the money as proposed by the proposer. If he rejects, none of the players gets anything. Rational choice models would predict that responders accept all offers above 0. However, evidence shows that responders typically reject a large proportion of all unfair offers. We analyzed participants’ behavior when they played the Ultimatum Game as responders and simultaneously collected electroencephalogram data in order to quantify the feedback-related negativity and P3b components. We induced state affect (momentarily emotions unrelated to the task) via short movie clips and measured trait affect (longer-lasting emotional dispositions) via questionnaires. State happiness led to increased acceptance rates of very unfair offers. Regarding neurophysiology, we found that unfair offers elicited larger feedback-related negativity amplitudes than fair offers. Additionally, an interaction of state and trait affect occurred: high trait negative affect (subsuming a variety of aversive mood states) led to increased feedback-related negativity amplitudes when participants were in an angry mood, but not if they currently experienced fear or happiness. We discuss that increased rumination might be responsible for this result, which might not occur, however, when people experience happiness or fear. Apart from that, we found that fair offers elicited larger P3b components than unfair offers, which might reflect increased pleasure in response to fair offers. Moreover, high trait negative affect was associated with decreased P3b amplitudes, potentially reflecting decreased motivation to engage in activities. We discuss implications of our results in the light of theories and research on depression and anxiety. KW - emotions KW - ultimatum game KW - fear KW - happiness KW - behavior KW - decision making KW - electroencephalography KW - event-related potentials Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147386 VL - 7 IS - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Mussel, Patrick A1 - Ulrich, Nathalie A1 - Allen, John J. B. A1 - Osinsky, Roman A1 - Hewig, Johannes T1 - Patterns of theta oscillation reflect the neural basis of individual differences in epistemic motivation JF - Scientific Reports N2 - Theta oscillations in the EEG have been shown to reflect ongoing cognitive processes related to mental effort. Here, we show that the pattern of theta oscillation in response to varying cognitive demands reflects stable individual differences in the personality trait epistemic motivation: Individuals with high levels of epistemic motivation recruit relatively more cognitive resources in response to situations possessing high, compared to low, cognitive demand; individuals with low levels do not show such a specific response. Our results provide direct evidence for the theory of the construct need for cognition and add to our understanding of the neural processes underlying theta oscillations. More generally, we provide an explanation how individual differences in personality traits might be represented on a neural level. KW - Motivation KW - Personality Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146957 VL - 6 ER - TY - THES A1 - Erle, Thorsten Michael T1 - A Grounded Approach to Psychological Perspective-Taking T1 - Ein verkörperter Erklärungsansatz für psychologische Perspektivenübernahme N2 - „Perspektivenübernahme“ bezeichnet die Fähigkeit des Menschen, sich in die Lage eines anderen hineinzuversetzen. In der psychologischen Forschung unterscheidet man drei Arten der Perspektivenübernahme, nämlich perzeptuelle (visuo-spatiale), affektive (Empathie) und kognitive (Theory of Mind). Die letztgenannten Arten der Perspektivenübernahme werden oft als „psychologische Perspektivenübernahme“ zusammengefasst. Diese Dissertation befasst sich mit der Frage, ob diese verschiedenen Arten der Perspektivenübernahme als theoretisch unterscheidbare Konstrukte oder lediglich als Facetten ein und desselben Konstrukts angesehen werden sollten. Die Befundlage in der psychologischen Fachliteratur ist diesbezüglich nicht eindeutig. Während einige Autoren Korrelationen zwischen verschiedenen Arten der Perspektivenübernahme für zu gering erachten, um ein einheitliches Konstrukt zu konstatieren, bewerten andere Autoren Korrelationen derselben Größe als Evidenz hierfür. Ein weniger arbiträres Vorgehen wäre es, experimentalpsychologisch zugrunde liegende Mechanismen zu identifizieren, die allen Arten der Perspektivenübernahme gemein sind, und zu untersuchen, ob eine Manipulation dieser Mechanismen abhängige Maße affektiver, kognitiver und perzeptueller Perspektivenübernahme gleichermaßen beeinflusst. Diesem Ansatz folgend macht die vorliegende Arbeit die Annahme, dass die mentale Selbstrotation des Körperschemas in die Position einer anderen Person, der zentrale Mechanismus visuo-spatialer Perspektivenübernahme, ein gemeinsamer Mechanismus aller Arten der Perspektivenübernahme ist. Entgegen früherer Ansätze wird diese Einheit somit nicht nur über die zentrale gemeinsame Funktionalität aller Arten von Perspektivenübernahme, also dem Verlassen des egozentrischen Referenzrahmens zugunsten einer (visuellen, affektiven oder kognitiven) Fremdperspektive, gerechtfertigt, sondern mit der Annahme eines gemeinsamen zugrundeliegenden Mechanismus. Daraus wird die einfache Hypothese abgeleitet, dass visuo-spatiale Perspektivenübernahme zu psychologischen Konsequenzen führen kann. Dies wurde in 6 Experimenten getestet. In diesen Experimenten mussten die Probanden zunächst immer die visuelle Perspektive einer anderen Person einnehmen. Hierzu sahen die Probanden eine Person, die mit zwei Objekten an einem Tisch sitzt. In jedem Durchgang mussten die Probanden sich entscheiden, mit welcher Hand diese Person eines der beiden Objekte greifen würde. Dabei wurde die Position der Zielperson so manipuliert, dass sie in der Hälfte der Fälle im selben visuo-spatialen Referenzrahmen wie der Proband saß, was Perspektivenübernahme zur Lösung der Aufgabe obsolet machte, während sie sich in den verbleibenden Durchgängen in einem anderen visuo-spatialen Referenzrahmen befand, so dass die Probanden die visuelle Perspektive der Zielperson übernehmen mussten um die Aufgabe korrekt zu lösen. Nach jedem Durchgang wurde dem Ziel dieser visuo-spatialen Aufgabe eine psychologische Eigenschaft zugeschrieben. Dies geschah im Rahmen eines abgewandelten Paradigmas zur Untersuchung der Ankerheuristik. Hierzu wurde den Probanden nach jedem Durchgang der visuo-spatialen Aufgabe eine Schätzfrage gestellt. Zeitgleich wurde die Antwort des Ziels bekannt gegeben. Entsprechend der Haupthypothese, dass visuo-spatiale Perspektivenübernahme psychologische Konsequenzen erzeugen kann, konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Probanden nach visuo-spatialer Perspektivenübernahme in höherem Maße die Gedanken der Zielperson übernahmen. Dies konnte sowohl anhand der absoluten Größe des Ankereffekts, als auch anhand der Differenz zwischen den Urteilen der Probanden und der Zielperson, gezeigt werden. Weitere Experimente schlossen Stichprobeneigenschaften, die verwendeten Stimuli oder die Aufgabenschwierigkeit als Alternativerklärungen für diese Effekte aus. Die beiden letzten Experimente zeigten zudem, dass dieser Effekt spezifisch für alle Konstellationen ist, in denen eine mentale Selbstrotation in die Zielperspektive notwendig war und dass die Übernahme fremder Gedanken mit einem Gefühl von Ähnlichkeit assoziiert war. Zusammengenommen unterstützen die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit die theoretisch abgeleitete Sicht eines einheitlichen Perspektivenübernahme-Konstrukts und grenzen dieses zusätzlich von verwandten Konstrukten ab. In der abschließenden Diskussion werden die Bedeutung dieser Befunde für die Forschung in den Bereichen Empathie, Theory of Mind, und Perspektivenübernahme und ebenfalls praktische Implikationen der Ergebnisse aufgezeigt. N2 - „Perspective-taking“ is the ability to put yourself into the place of somebody else. Psychological research distinguishes three kinds of perspective-taking, namely, perceptual (visuo-spatial), affective (empathy), and cognitive (theory of mind) perspective-taking. The last two kinds of perspective-taking are often summarized as “psychological perspective-taking”. This dissertation tackles the question of whether these three kinds of perspective-taking should be conceptualized as independent constructs or as facets of one and the same construct. Prior research findings concerning this are equivocal. While some authors consider correlations between the different kinds of perspective-taking as too low for a unitary construct, others interpret correlations of the same magnitude as evidence for this. A less arbitrary way of deciding this would be to identify common mechanisms that underlie all kinds of perspective-taking and to examine whether manipulating these mechanisms in psychological experiments affects measures of perceptual, affective, and cognitive perspective-taking in parallel. In accordance with this reasoning, the present dissertation assumes that the mental self-rotation of the body schema into the physical location of another person, the main mechanism of perceptual perspective-taking, is a common mechanism of all kinds of perspective-taking. Thus, contrary to previous research a unitary construct is not only justified on the grounds of a common central functionality of all kinds of perspective-taking, that is, overcoming one’s egocentrism in favor of an alternative (perceptual, affective or cognitive) point of view, but additionally on the grounds of a common psychological mechanism. From this, the simple hypothesis that inducing visuo-spatial perspective-taking also leads to psychological consequences is derived. This hypothesis was tested in 6 experiments. In these experiments, participants first had to adopt the visual perspective of another person. To this end, they saw a person sitting at a table with two objects. During every trial, participants had to decide which hand the person would have to use in order to grab one of the two objects. Furthermore, the angular disparity between the participant and the target was manipulated in such a way that during half of the trials the target person was within the same visuo-spatial reference frame as the participant and thus no perspective-taking was necessary to solve the task correctly. During the remaining trials, the target person was sitting in another visuo-spatial reference frame so that the participants had to engage in perspective-taking to solve the task correctly. After every such trial, the target person was imbued with a mental state. This was done using an adapted paradigm for the investigation of the anchoring heuristic. Specifically, participants were asked to answer a trivia question and also saw what the target person from the visuo-spatial perspective-taking task was guessing. In line with the hypothesis that visuo-spatial perspective-taking leads to psychological outcomes, too, it was found that participants adopted the thoughts of the target person more strongly after visuo-spatial perspective-taking. This was evident in the absolute size of the anchoring effect, as well as the differences between participant and target estimations. Further experiments ruled out sample and stimulus characteristics and task difficulty as alternative explanations for these effects. The last two experiments furthermore established that the effects were specific to constellations where an embodied self-rotation into the target’s perspective was necessary and that the adoption of the target’s thoughts was associated with feelings of similarity. Taken together, these findings support the theoretically elaborated unitary view of perspective-taking and furthermore distinguish this construct from other related phenomena. In the general discussion, the significance of these findings for research on empathy, theory of mind, and perspective-taking, as well as practical implications are discussed. KW - Perspektivenübernahme KW - Empathie KW - Theory of Mind KW - Embodiment Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143247 ER - TY - THES A1 - Rodrigues, Johannes T1 - Let me change your mind… Frontal brain activity in a virtual T-maze T1 - Let me change your mind… Frontale Hirnaktivierung in einem virtuellen T-Labyrinth N2 - Frontal asymmetry, a construct invented by Richard Davidson, linking positive and negative valence as well as approach and withdrawal motivation to lateralized frontal brain activation has been investigated for over thirty years. The frontal activation patterns described as relevant were measured via alpha-band frequency activity (8-13 Hz) as a measurement of deactivation in electroencephalography (EEG) for homologous electrode pairs, especially for the electrode position F4/ F3 to account for the frontal relative lateralized brain activation. Three different theories about frontal activation patterns linked to motivational states were investigated in two studies. The valence theory of Davidson (1984; 1998a; 1998b) and its extension to the motivational direction theory by Harmon-Jones and Allen (1998) refers to the approach motivation with relative left frontal brain activity (indicated by relative right frontal alpha activity) and to withdrawal motivation with relative right frontal brain activation (indicated by relative left frontal alpha activity). The second theory proposed by Hewig and colleagues (2004; 2005; 2006) integrates the findings of Davidson and Harmon – Jones and Allen with the reinforcement sensitivity theory of Jeffrey A. Gray (1982, 1991). Hewig sees the lateralized frontal approach system and withdrawal system proposed by Davidson as subsystems of the behavioral activation system proposed by Gray and bilateral frontal activation as a biological marker for the behavioral activation system. The third theory investigated in the present studies is the theory from Wacker and colleagues (2003; 2008; 2010) where the frontal asymmetrical brain activation patterns are linked to the revised reinforcement sensitivity theory of Gray and McNaughton (2000). Here, right frontal brain activity (indicated by lower relative right frontal alpha activity) accounts for conflict, behavioral inhibition and activity of the revised behavioral inhibition system, while left frontal brain activation (indicated by lower relative left frontal alpha activity) stands for active behavior and the activity of the revised behavioral activation system as well as the activation of the revised flight fight freezing system. In order to investigate these three theories, a virtual reality T-maze paradigm was introduced to evoke motivational states in the participants, offering the opportunity to measure frontal brain activation patterns via EEG and behavior simultaneously in the first study. In the second study the virtual reality paradigm was additionally compared to mental imagery and a movie paradigm, two well-known state inducing paradigms in the research field of frontal asymmetry. In the two studies, there was confirming evidence for the theory of Hewig and colleages (2004; 2005; 2006), showing higher bilateral frontal activation for active behavior and lateralized frontal activation patterns for approach (left frontal brain activation) and avoidance (right frontal brain activation) behavior. Additionally a limitation for the capability model of anterior brain asymmetry proposed by Coan and colleagues (2006), where the frontal asymmetry should be dependent on the relevant traits driving the frontal asymmetry pattern if a relevant situation occurs, could be found. As the very intense virtual reality paradigm did not lead to a difference of frontal brain activation patterns compared to the mental imagery paradigm or the movie paradigm for the traits of the participants, the trait dependency of the frontal asymmetry in a relevant situation might not be given, if the intensity of the situation exceeds a certain level. Nevertheless there was an influence of the traits in the virtual reality T-maze paradigm, because the shown behavior in the maze was trait-dependent. The implications of the findings are multifarious, leading from possible objective personality testing via diversification of the virtual reality paradigm to even clinical implications for depression treatments based on changes in the lateralized frontal brain activation patterns for changes in the motivational aspects, but also for changes in bilateral frontal brain activation when it comes to the drive and preparedness for action in patients. Finally, with the limitation of the capability model, additional variance in the different findings about frontal asymmetry can be explained by taking the intensity of a state manipulation into account. N2 - Frontal Asymmetrie, ein Konstrukt, erfunden von Richard Davidson, das positive und negative Valenz sowie Annäherungsmotivation und Vermeidungsmotivation mit lateralisierter Frontalhirnaktivierung verbindet, wird seit mehr als dreißig Jahren untersucht. Die frontalen Aktivierungsmuster, die als relevant beschrieben wurden, wurden über Alpha-Frequenzband Aktivität (8-13 Hz) im Elektroenzephalogramm (EEG) als Maß für die Deaktivierung für die homologe Elektrodenpaare, insbesondere an der Elektrodenposition F4 / F3 gemessen, um die relative frontale lateralisierte Hirnaktivierung zu messen. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurden drei verschiedene Theorien über frontale Aktivierungsmuster, die mit motivationalen Zuständen verbunden sind, in zwei Studien untersucht. Die „valence theory“ von Davidson (1984; 1998a; 1998b) und ihre Erweiterung zur „motivational direction theory“ von Harmon Jones und Allen (1998) verbindet Annäherungsmotivation mit relativer linksseitiger frontalen Hirnaktivität (durch relative rechtsfrontale Alpha-Aktivität angezeigt) und Rückzugsmotivation mit relativer rechtsfrontaler Hirnaktivierung (durch relative linksfrontale Alpha-Aktivität angezeigt). Die zweite Theorie von Hewig und Kollegen (2004; 2005; 2006) integriert die Ergebnisse von Davidson und Harmon - Jones und Allen mit der „reinforcement sensitvity theory“ von Jeffrey A. Gray (1982, 1991). Hewig sieht das lateralisierte frontale „approach system“ (Annäherungsverhalten, links frontal), und das „withdrawal system“ (Rückzugsverhalten, rechts frontal) von Davidson als Subsysteme des „behavioral activation system“ von Gray und bilaterale frontale Aktivierung als biologische Marker für das „behavioral activation system“ und aktives Verhalten. Die dritte Theorie, die in den vorliegenden Studien untersucht wird, ist die Theorie von Wacker und Kollegen (2003; 2008; 2010), bei der die frontalen asymmetrischen Gehirnaktivierungsmuster der „revidierten reinforcement sensitvity theory“ von Gray und McNaughton (2000) zugeordnet werden. Hier steht die rechte frontale Hirnaktivität (ermittelt durch geringere relative rechten frontalen Alpha-Aktivität) für Konflikte, Verhaltenshemmung und die Aktivität des „revised behavioral inhibition system“, während links frontale Hirnaktivierung (ermittelt durch niedrigere relative links frontal Alpha-Aktivität) für aktives Verhalten und die Aktivität des „revised behavioral activation system“ sowie die Aktivierung des „revised fight flight freezing system“ steht. Um diese drei Theorien zu untersuchen, wurde eine virtuelles T-Labyrinth Paradigma in der ersten Studie eingeführt, um motivationale Zustände bei den Teilnehmern zu induzieren und die Möglichkeit zu erhalten, frontale Hirnaktivierungsmuster im EEG und Verhalten gleichzeitig zu messen. In der zweiten Studie wurde das virtuelle Realität Paradigma zusätzlich im Vergleich zu einem mentalen Vorstellungsparadigma und einem Film-Paradigma, zwei bekannten Paradigmen für die Induktion von motivationalen Zuständen im Bereich der Forschung der frontalen Asymmetrie, eingesetzt. In den beiden Studien konnte die Theorie von Hewig und colleages (2004; 2005; 2006) belegt werden, da höhere bilaterale frontale Aktivierung für aktives Verhalten und lateralisierte frontale Aktivierungsmuster für Annäherung (linksfrontale Hirnaktivierung) und Vermeidung (rechtsfrontale Hirnaktivierung) gefunden wurde. Zusätzlich wurde eine Limitation des „capability models of anterior frontal asymmetry“ von Coan und Kollegen (2006), nach der die frontale Asymmetrie von relevanten Persönlichkeitsmerkmalen in den entsprechend der Eigenschaft relevanten Situationen beeinflusst werden sollte, gefunden. Da das sehr intensive virtuelle Realität Paradigma im Gegensatz zu den mentalen Vorstellungen und dem Film Paradigma keine Abhängigkeit der frontalen Gehirnaktivierungsmustern in den entsprechenden Situationen von den Persönlichkeitseigenschaften zeigte, kann diese Abhängigkeit der frontalen Asymmetrie von der Persönlichkeit nicht gefunden werden, wenn die Intensität der Situation einen bestimmten Wert überschreitet. Dennoch gab es einen Einfluss der Persönlichkeitseigenschaften in dem virtuellen T-Labyrinth, denn das beobachtbare Verhalten im Labyrinth war persönlichkeitsabhängig. Die praktische Bedeutung dieser Erkenntnisse sind vielfältig und reichen von möglichen objektiven Persönlichkeitstests durch eine Erweiterung des virtuellen Realität Paradigmas bis hin zu klinischen Implikationen für die Behandlung depressiver Patienten, basierend auf der Veränderungen der lateralisierten Frontalhirnaktivierungsmustern um motivationale Aspekte zu verändern, oder aber der für Änderungen bilateraler frontale Gehirnaktivierung, um den Antrieb und die Handlungsbereitschaft bei Patienten zu verändern. Schließlich kann mittels der Limitierung des „capability models“ zusätzliche Variation in den verschiedenen Befunden zur frontalen Asymmetrie erklärt werden, indem man die Intensität der Zustandsmanipulation berücksichtigt. KW - Electroencephalographie KW - Motivation KW - Frontal asymmetry KW - virtual reality T-maze KW - reinforcement sensitivity theory KW - bilateral BAS model KW - EEG KW - virtuelle Realität KW - Alpha-Aktivität Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143280 ER - TY - THES A1 - Pieczykolan, Aleksandra T1 - Cross-Modal Action Control T1 - Crossmodale Handlungskontrolle N2 - Multitasking als allgegenwärtiges Phänomen wird heutzutage in verschiedenen wissenschaftlichen Disziplinen diskutiert. In der vorliegenden Arbeit wird Multitasking aus der Perspektive der kognitiven Verhaltenswissenschaften beleuchtet mit dem Fokus auf der Rolle von Konfliktlösungs- prozessen bei der Verarbeitung von Mehrfachtätigkeiten. Insbesondere liegt der Fokus auf kognitiven Mechanismen der crossmodalen Handlungskontrolle, d.h. der Kontrolle von zwei Handlungen in verschiedenen Effektorsystemen. Mit dem Ziel, den bisherigen Umfang derjenigen Handlungsmodalitäten zu erweitern, die üblicherweise in Studien eingesetzt wurden, wurden okulomotorische Reaktionen (d.h. Sakkaden), die bisher als Handlungsmodalität in der Forschung vernachlässigt wurden, in Kombination mit Reaktionen in anderen Efffektorsystemen untersucht (d.h. mit manuellen und vokalen Reaktionen). Weiterhin wurde beabsichtigt, Mechanismen von Crosstalk zu spezifizieren, welches ein Erklärungskonzept darstellt, das sich auf den Aufgabeninhalt bezieht. Crosstalk erscheint besonders relevant für crossmodale Handlungen, da sich Handlungsmodalitäten vor allem bezüglich ihrer Reaktionsmerkmale unterscheiden. In der vorliegenden Arbeit werden vier Studien berichtet, die auf jeweils zwei oder drei Experimenten beruhen. In Studie A wurden crossmodale Doppelreaktionen auf einen einzelnen Stimulus untersucht mit der Fragestellung, wie sich das Zusammenspiel des Vorhandenseins von Reaktionsalternativen und der Kompatibilität zwischen Reaktionen (also dem Crosstalkpotential) auswirkt. In drei Experimenten zeigte sich, dass Crosstalk in mehrere Komponenten dissoziiert werden kann, nämlich eine Komponente, die auf der aktuellen Konfliktstärke (Online-Crosstalk) basiert, und eine gedächtnisbasierte Komponente, die entweder durch Restaktivität vergangener Handlungsanforderungen bestimmt wird (retrospektiver Crosstalk), oder durch Vorbereitung auf zukünftige Handlungsanforderungen (prospektiver Crosstalk). Studie B lieferte Evidenz dafür, dass okulomotorische Reaktionen sowohl struktureller als auch inhaltsbasierte Interferenz unterliegen. In drei Experimenten wurde das Paradigma zeitlich überlappender Aufgaben verwendet, bei dem zwei Stimuli mit zeitlichem Versatz präsentiert wurden, auf die jeweils mit einer okulomotorischen und einer manuellen Handlung reagiert werden musste. Dabei wurden sowohl Hinweise auf einen seriellen als auch auf einen parallelen Verarbeitungsmodus gefunden. Weiterhin deuteten die Ergebnisse darauf hin, dass abhängig von der Aufgabenkompatibilität zwischen diesen Verarbeitungsmodi gewechselt wurde, d.h. zu eher paralleler Verarbeitung bei kompatiblen Aufgabenanforderungen und zu eher serieller Verarbeitung bei inkompatiblen Aufgabenanforderungen. In Studie C wurden Verarbeitungsprioritäten zwischen Effektorsystemen untersucht. In zwei Experimenten zeigte sich, dass das zuvor berichtete Verarbeitungsdominanzmuster repliziert werden konnte, bei der okulomotorische Reaktionen vokale Reaktionen dominieren und diese wiederum manuelle Reaktionen dominieren. Die relative Stärke der Dominanz konnte allerdings bei vorhandenem Reaktionskonflikt angepasst werden. Die Verarbeitungsprioritäten wurden hierbei zum Teil in Richtung derjenigen Reaktion verschoben, in der bereits ein Konflikt im Bezug auf die Kompatibilität zwischen Stimulus und Reaktion gelöst werden musste. Dieses Ergebnis zeigt, dass Verarbeitungsprioritäten flexibel an die spezifischen Handlungsanforderungen angepasst werden können. Studie D beschäftigte sich mit einem bisher weitgehend vernachlässigten Bereich innerhalb der Doppelaufgabenforschung, nämlich der Kontrolle der zeitlichen Reaktionsreihenfolge. In einer drei Experimente umfassenden Untersuchung wurden mehrere Faktoren variiert, die sich in früheren Studien bereits als relevant für Mechanismen der Doppelaufgabeninterferenz gezeigt haben. In der vorliegenden Studie wurde gezeigt, dass die finale Reaktionsreihenfolge in einem Handlungsdurchgang das Ergebnis eines kontinuierlichen Anpassungsprozesses ist, welcher auf dem Zusammenspiel mehrerer top-down-Faktoren, z.B. der Antizipation von Reaktionsmerkmalen, und mehrerer bottom-up-Faktoren, wie z.B. der Stimulusreihenfolge oder der Aufgabenkompatibilität, basiert. Die vorliegende Arbeit liefert somit einen wichtigen Beitrag zum Fortschritt des Verständnisses der Verarbeitung komplexer Handlungsanforderungen aus der Perspektive crossmodaler Handlungen. Insbesondere wurden Spezifikationen für Mechanismen der Effektorpriorisierung und der Kontrolle der Reaktionsreihenfolge als auch eine neuartige Taxonomie von Crosstalk vorgestellt, welche als umfassende Rahmenvorstellung zur Erklärung von Interferenzmechanismen bei Kontrollprozessen von Mehrfachanforderungen dienlich sein kann. N2 - Nowadays, multitasking is ubiquitously discussed within many different scientific disciplines. The present work addressed multitasking from the perspective of cognitive behavioural sciences by investigating the role of conflict resolution processes that arise during the requirements of multiple-action control. More specifically, the present work focuses on cognitive mechanisms in the case of cross-modal action control, which involves the performance of two actions in different effector systems. One aim was to broaden the scope of action modalities typically considered in the literature by studying oculomotor responses (i.e. saccades) – an action modality that has been largely neglected in previous research – in combination with responses in other effector systems (i.e. manual and vocal responses). A further aim was to specify the mechanisms of crosstalk as an explanatory concept referring to the action content, which is particularly relevant since cross-modal actions usually differ regarding their response characteristics. The present work comprises four studies (each involving two or three experiments). In Study A, cross-modal response compounds based on a single stimulus were studied with respect to the interplay of the presence of response alternatives and between-response compatibility (i.e. crosstalk potential). In three experiments, this study showed that crosstalk can be dissociated into a component that determines the amount of current conflict (i.e. online crosstalk) and a memory-based component that originates either from residual activation of previous action demands (retrospective crosstalk) or from preparation for future demands (prospective crosstalk). Study B provided first evidence that oculomotor responses are subject to interference based on both structural and content-based origins. In three experiments, an overlapping tasks paradigm was employed in which the onsets between two stimuli that triggered oculomotor and manual responses were varied. Evidence for both serial and parallel processing of the two tasks was found. The results further indicated that based on the between-task compatibility participants shifted between these processing modes, i.e. to more parallel processing during compatible task demands and to more serial processing during incompatible task demands. Study C examined processing priorities among effector systems and demonstrated in two experiments that the previously reported prioritisation scheme, in which the oculomotor system is prioritised over the vocal and manual effector system, can be replicated, but is also adjusted in its strength by the presence of response conflict. Specifically, processing priorities were shifted towards the response that already is involved in conflict resolution (in terms of stimulus-response compatibility), suggesting that processing priorities can be flexibly adapted to particular task demands. Study D addressed response order control in dual tasks, an issue that has been widely neglected in previous research. In a comprehensive study of three experiments including several factors that are known to be relevant for dual-task interference mechanisms, it was shown that the final response order in a given trial is the result of a continuous adjustment process based on the interplay of several top-down factors, such as the anticipation of response characteristics, and bottom-up factors, such as stimulus order and between-task compatibility. In summary, the present work advances the theoretical understanding of complex action control by providing a cross-modal action perspective, by proposing mechanisms for effector-system prioritisation and response order control, and by proposing a novel taxonomy of crosstalk as an overarching framework for interference mechanisms in multiple-response control. KW - Kognition KW - Mehrfachtätigkeit KW - Dual task KW - cross-modal action KW - Task interference KW - Saccades KW - Vocal responses KW - Manual responses KW - Multitasking KW - Doppelaufgabe KW - Blickbewegung KW - Reaktionszeit Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-142356 ER - TY - THES A1 - Münchow, Hannes T1 - I feel, therefore I learn – Effectiveness of affect induction interventions and possible covariates on learning outcomes T1 - I feel, therefore I learn – Effektivität von Affektinduktionsinterventionen und mögliche Kovariaten auf den Lernerfolg N2 - Affective states in the context of learning and achievement can influence the learning process essentially. The impact of affective states can be both directly on the learning performance and indirectly mediated via, for example, motivational processes. Positive activating affect is often associated with increased memory skills as well as advantages in creative problem solving. Negative activating affect on the other hand is regarded to impair learning outcomes because of promoting task-irrelevant thinking. While these relationships were found to be relatively stable in correlation studies, causal relationships have been examined rarely so far. This dissertation aims to investigate the effects of positive and negative affective states in multimedia learning settings and to identify potential moderating factors. Therefore, three experimental empirical studies on university students were conducted. In Experiment 1, N = 57 university students were randomly allocated to either a positive or negative affect induction group. Affects were elicited using short film clips. After a 20-minute learning phase in a hypertext-based multimedia learning environment on “functional neuroanatomy” the learners’ knowledge as well as transfer performance were measured. It was assumed that inducing positive activating affect should enhance learning performance. Eliciting negative activating affect on the other hand should impair learning performance. However, it was found that the induction of negative activating affect prior to the learning phase resulted in slight deteriorations in knowledge. Contrary to the assumptions, inducing positive activating affect before the learning phase did not improve learning performance. Experiment 2 induced positive activating affect directly during learning. To induce affective states during the entire duration of the learning phase, Experiment 2 used an emotional design paradigm. Therefore, N = 111 university students were randomly assigned to learn either in an affect inducing multimedia learning environment (use of warm colours and round shapes) or an affectively neutral counterpart (using shades of grey and angular shapes) on the same topic as in Experiment 1. Again, knowledge as well as transfer performance were measured after learning for 20 minutes. In addition, positive and negative affective states were measured before and after learning. Complex interaction patterns between the treatment and initial affective states were found. Specifically, learners with high levels of positive affect before learning showed better transfer performance when they learned in the affect inducing learning environment. Regarding knowledge, those participants who reported high levels of negative activating affect prior to the learning period performed worse. However, the effect on knowledge did not occur for those students learning in the affect inducing learning environment. For knowledge, the treatment therefore protected against poorer performance due to high levels of negative affective states. Results of Experiment 2 showed that the induction of positive activating affect influenced learning performance positively when taking into account affective states prior to the learning phase. In order to confirm these interaction effects, a conceptual replication of the previous experiment was conducted in Experiment 3. Experiment 3 largely retained the former study design, but changed the learning materials and tests used. Analogous to Experiment 2, N = 145 university students learning for 20 minutes in either an affect inducing or an affectively neutral multimedia learning environment on “eukaryotic cell”. To strengthen the treatment, Experiment 3 also used anthropomorphic design elements to induce affective states next to warm colours and round shapes. Moreover, in order to assess the change in affective states more exactly, an additional measurement of positive and negative affective states after half of the learning time was inserted. Knowledge and transfer were assessed again to measure learning performance. The learners’ memory skills were used as an additional learning outcome. To control the influence of potential confounding variables, the participants’ general and current achievement motivation as well as interest, and emotion regulation skills were measured. Contrary to the assumptions, Experiment 3 could not confirm the interaction effects of Experiment 2. Instead, there was a significant impact of positive activating affect prior to the learning phase on transfer, irrespective of the learners’ group affiliation. This effect was further independent of the control variables that were measured. Nevertheless, the results of Experiment 3 fit into the picture of findings regarding “emotional design” in hypermedia learning settings. To date, the few publications that have used this approach propose heterogeneous results, even when using identical materials and procedures. N2 - Affektiven Zuständen im Lern- und Leistungskontext wird ein wesentlicher Einfluss auf den Lernprozess zugesprochen. Dabei wirken diese sowohl direkt auf die Lernleistung als auch indirekt vermittelt über beispielsweise motivationale Prozesse. Positive aktivierende Affekte stehen dabei oft im Zusammenhang mit erhöhter Gedächtnisleistung und kreativer Problemlösefähigkeit. Negative aktivierende Affekte anderseits werden eher als lernhinderlich angesehen, da sie aufgabenirrelevantes Denken fördern. Während sich diese Zusammenhänge im Rahmen korrelativer Studien als relativ stabil erwiesen haben, sind kausale Beziehungen bislang noch eher selten untersucht. Diese Arbeit hat daher zum Ziel, die Auswirkungen von positiven und negativen aktivierenden affektiven Zuständen beim Lernen mit Hypermedien genauer zu betrachten und mögliche moderierende Einflussfaktoren zu erkennen. Dabei wurden drei experimentelle empirische Studien mit Universitätsstudierenden durchgeführt. In Experiment 1 wurde Studierenden (N = 57) zufällig positiver oder negativer aktivierender Affekt mithilfe von kurzen Filmsequenzen induziert. Nach einer 20-minütigen Lernphase in einer hypertextbasierten multimedialen Lernumgebung zum Thema „Funktionelle Neuroanatomie“ wurden die Verständnis - und Transferleistungen der Studierenden gemessen. Es wurde dabei angenommen, dass sich positiver aktivierender Affekt vor dem Lernen positiv auf die Lernleistung auswirkt, während vor dem Lernen induzierter negativer aktivierender Affekt die entgegengesetzte Wirkung haben sollte. Es zeigte sich, dass die Induktion von negativem aktivierenden Affekt vor dem Lernen zu einer leichten Verschlechterung der Verständnisleistung führte. Entgegen der Vermutungen zeigten Probanden, bei denen positiver aktivierender Affekt vor dem Lernen erzeugt wurde, jedoch keine Verbesserung der Lernleistung. Als mögliche Erklärungsursache hierfür wurde unter anderem angenommen, dass die Affektinduktion vor dem Lernen zwar erfolgreich war, diese Affekte jedoch nicht für die gesamte Dauer der Lernzeit anhielten. In Experiment 2 wurde positiv aktivierender Affekt während der gesamten Lernphase induziert. Dazu wurden N = 111 Universitätsstudierende zufällig einer affektinduzierenden multimedialen Lernumgebung (Verwendung von warmen Farben und runden Formen) oder einem affektneutralen Gegenstück (Verwendung von Grautönen und eckigen Formen) zum Thema „Funktionelle Neuroanatomie“ zugeordnet. Nach einer Lernzeit von 20 Minuten wurden Verständnis- und Transferleistungen gemessen. Es zeigten sich komplexe Interaktionsmuster zwischen dem Treatment und positivem und negativem Affekt vor dem Lernen gefunden: Lernende, die vor dem Lernen stark positiv gestimmt waren, zeigten eine bessere Transferleistung, wenn sie in der affekt-erzeugenden Lernumgebung lernten. Berichteten die Lernenden dagegen hohe Ausprägungen von negativem Affekt vor dem Lernen, so sank ihre Verständnisleistung. Dieser Effekt trat nicht auf, wenn in der affekterzeugenden Lernumgebung gelernt wurde. Für Verständnislernen schützte das Treatment daher vor schlechterer Performanz durch stark ausgeprägten negativen aktivierenden Affekt vor dem Lernen. Die Ergebnisse von Experiment 2 weisen darauf hin, dass die Induktion von positivem aktivierenden Affekt das Lernen positiv beeinflusst, wenn man die Affektausprägungen vor dem Lernen berücksichtigt. In Experiment 3 wurde eine konzeptuelle Replikation des vorangegangenen Experiments durchgeführt. Dazu wurde das Studiendesign größtenteils beibehalten, jedoch die verwendeten Lernmaterialien und Lerntests verändert. Analog zu Experiment 2 lernten N = 145 Studierende für 20 Minuten entweder in einer affekterzeugenden oder einer affektneutralen Lernumgebung zum Thema „Eukaryotische Zellen“. Zu Stärkung des Treatments wurden in Experiment 3 neben warmen Farben und runden Formen auch anthropomorphe Designelemente zur Induktion von positivem aktivierenden Affekt verwendet. Zudem wurde eine zusätzliche Messung des positiven und negativen Affektes nach der Hälfte der Lernzeit eingefügt, um die Veränderung des affektiven Erlebens während des Lernens differenzierter zu erfassen. Als Maße für die Lernleistung wurden erneut Verständnis und Transfer sowie die Gedächtnisleistung erhoben. Um den Einfluss potentieller konfundierender Variablen zu kontrollieren wurden zudem die generelle und aktuelle Leistungsmotivation, das Interesse sowie die Emotionsregulation gemessen. Entgegen der Erwartungen, konnte Experiment 3 die Interaktionseffekte aus Experiment 2 nicht bestätigen. Stattdessen zeigte sich ein signifikanter Einfluss des positiven aktivierenden Affektes vor dem Lernen auf die Transferleistung, unabhängig von der Gruppenzugehörigkeit des Lernenden. Dieser Effekt war unabhängig von den erhobenen Kontrollvariablen. Dennoch passen die Ergebnisse in das heterogene Befundmuster, welches sich durch die wenigen experimentellen Studien zu „emotional design“ beim Lernen abzeichnet. KW - Affekt KW - Leistungsmotivation KW - Lernerfolg KW - emotional design KW - positive and negative affect KW - learning outcomes KW - achievement motivation Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-148432 ER - TY - THES A1 - Löffler, Elisabeth Therese T1 - Die Entwicklung des prozeduralen Metagedächtnisses über die Lebensspanne T1 - The development of procedural metacognition across the life-span N2 - Der Entwicklungsverlauf metakognitiver Überwachungsprozesse und das Zusammenspiel von Überwachungs- und Kontrollprozessen ist über die gesamte Lebensspanne hinweg nur für isolierte Altersgruppen, nicht aber in Studien, die Teilnehmer vom Kindes- bis zum höheren Erwachsenenalter einschließen, untersucht worden. Diese Lücke sollte mit der vorliegenden Arbeit geschlossen werden, denn gerade solche Designs können dazu beitragen, Aufbau- und Abbauprozesse zu kontrastieren, und Hinweise auf frühzeitig vorhandene sowie im Altersverlauf bestehende Fähigkeiten geben, die dann kompensatorisch genutzt werden können. Die eigene Arbeit befasste sich dabei mit dem Verlauf einer Vielzahl von pro- und retrospektiven Überwachungsvorgängen über die Lebensspanne. Der Schwerpunkt lag auf dem Einfluss verschiedener Kontextfaktoren (z.B. Komplexität des Lernmaterials, Vorwissen, Strategienutzung) auf die Überwachungsleistung in den jeweiligen Altersstufen. Außerdem wurde überprüft, inwieweit wechselseitige Zusammenhänge zwischen Überwachungs- und Steuerungsprozessen in den untersuchten Altersgruppen unterschiedlich stark ausgeprägt sind. Diese Fragestellungen wurden in sechs Experimenten mit insgesamt 816 Teilnehmern untersucht. Es handelte sich dabei um Drittklässler im Alter zwischen 7 und 9 Jahren, Jugendliche zwischen 12 und 14 Jahren, jüngere Erwachsene zwischen ca. 18 und 25 Jahren sowie ältere Erwachsene zwischen ca. 60 und 80 Jahren. Erhoben wurden Ease-of-Learning-Urteile (EOLs) bzw. ein globales Verständnisurteil als Maß der Überwachung vor dem eigentlichen Lernprozess, Judgments of Learning (JOLs) als Maß der Überwachung nach dem Lernvorgang und Sicherheitsurteile (SUs) als Maß der Überwachung nach dem Erinnerungsabruf. Es zeigte sich, dass die Überwachungsleistung sowohl, was die Differenzierungsfähigkeit zwischen richtigen und falschen Antworten, als auch, was die Genauigkeit betrifft, bezüglich der JOLs und der SUs über die gesamte untersuchte Altersspanne hinweg im Wesentlichen konstant und auf recht hohem Niveau blieb. Lediglich bei den EOLs ergaben sich Alterseffekte: Die jüngeren Erwachsenen schnitten besser ab als die anderen Altersgruppen, was mit besseren Fähigkeiten, spätere Lern- und Erinnerungsvorgänge zu antizipieren, erklärt werden kann. In Bezug auf den Einfluss von Kontextfaktoren konnte nachgewiesen werden, dass sich die Überwachungsleistungen bei verschieden komplexen Materialien (Paar-Assoziationen versus Film- oder Textmaterial) unter günstigen Bedingungen, z.B. wenn die Leistungsvorhersagen stark mit der Erinnerungsabfrage korrespondieren, kaum unterscheiden. Bei Rekognitionsaufgaben fielen die Überwachungsleistungen im Vergleich zu Aufgaben zur freien Erinnerung insgesamt schlechter aus. Ein großes bereichsspezifisches Vorwissen resultierte über alle Maße hinweg eher in einer Überschätzung der eigenen Leistung, bei den SUs jedoch auch in einer verbesserten Leistung im Vergleich zu Personen mit weniger Vorwissen. Ein Strategietraining wirkte sich besonders bei den Grundschülern und den älteren Erwachsenen positiv auf die Überwachungsleistung aus. Die eher gering ausgeprägten Alterseffekte weisen darauf hin, dass die einzelnen Kontextfaktoren über die Lebensspanne hinweg einen vergleichbaren Einfluss zu haben scheinen. Hinsichtlich sequenzieller Zusammenhänge zwischen Überwachungs- und Steuerungsprozessen (hier operationalisiert durch JOLs und die selbst gesteuerte Lernzeiteinteilung) zeigte sich, dass die Teilnehmer aller Altersgruppen in der Lage waren, sowohl Informationen aus den JOLs für die Anpassung der Lernzeit (Monitoring-affects-control-Modell) als auch – in etwas geringerem Ausmaß – Informationen aus der Lernzeit für die Anpassung der JOLs zu nutzen (Control-affects-monitoring-Modell). Der simultane Wechsel zwischen beiden Modellen stellt einen deutlich komplexeren Vorgang dar und konnte deshalb vor allem bei den Jugendlichen und den älteren Erwachsenen nachgewiesen werden. Insgesamt gesehen belegen die Ergebnisse der sechs Experimente, dass metakognitive Überwachungsfähigkeiten bereits recht früh, d.h. im mittleren Grundschulalter, gut ausgeprägt sind und auch bei älteren Erwachsenen noch lange auf gutem Niveau erhalten bleiben. Lediglich der flexible Wechsel zwischen Überwachungs- und Kontrollprozessen scheint in diesen beiden Altersgruppen noch Schwierigkeiten zu bereiten. Die ähnliche Wirkweise der Kontextfaktoren in den einzelnen Altersgruppen weist auf vergleichbare zugrunde liegende Prozesse hin. Die grundsätzlich guten metakognitiven Leistungen bei Kindern und älteren Erwachsenen sollten demnach genutzt werden, um Gedächtnisprozesse insbesondere in diesen Altersgruppen zu fördern. N2 - The development of metacognitive monitoring processes and the interplay between monitoring and control has been studied so far only in isolated age groups. Studies including participants from childhood to older adulthood are still needed. The present work aims to fill this gap in order to contrast potential construction and deterioration processes and to gain information about cognitive abilities which can compensate for potential deficiencies in the respective age groups. Consequently, the present studies include a vast number of prospective and retrospective monitoring processes and examine their development across the life span. The main focus was the impact of different contextual factors (i.e. task complexity, previous knowledge, strategy use) on monitoring performance in the respective age groups. Additionally, differences in the interplay between monitoring and control processes were studied. Six experiments with a total of 816 participants were conducted, who consisted of four groups: third-graders between 7 and 9 years of age, adolescents between 12 and 14 years, younger adults between 18 and 25 years, and older adults between 60 and 80 years. The main measures of interest were Ease-of-Learning Judgments (EOLs), sometimes replaced by a general judgment of comprehension, Judgments of Learning (JOLs), and Confidence Judgments (CJs), in order to operationalize monitoring before learning, after learning, and after recall. The results show that monitoring performance in JOLs and CJs remained on a constantly high level throughout the investigated age span, both in differentiation between correct and incorrect items and in monitoring accuracy. Age effects were found only in EOLs: here younger adults outperformed the other age groups, thus showing better abilities to anticipate subsequent learning and recall processes. Concerning the impact of contextual factors, monitoring performance was on a similar level with? stimuli of different complexity (paired associates vs. films and texts), provided that the conditions were favorable (for example where there was a high level of correspondence between performance prediction and recall format). In recognition tasks, monitoring performance was somewhat lower than in free recall tasks. Higher domain-specific knowledge resulted in an overestimation of performance, but also in an enhanced monitoring performance in CJs, as compared to those of participants with less previous knowledge. A strategy training had a positive impact on monitoring performance, especially in children and older adults. The rather low age effects indicate that the contextual factors investigated seem to have a similar influence throughout the life-span. In terms of sequential relations between monitoring and control processes (measured through JOLs and self-paced study time), results show that participants of all age groups were able to use information from JOLs to adapt their study time (monitoring-affects-control model) as well as – to a somewhat lower extent – to use information about the time they spent studying to adapt their JOLs (control-affects-monitoring model). A simultaneous change between both models seems to be more complex and thus could only be found in adolescents and younger adults. In sum, the six experiments prove that metacognitive abilities reach a good level in middle elementary school and remain fairly stable into older adulthood. The only exception concerns the flexible interchange between monitoring and control processes, which seems to be more challenging for children and older adults. The similar impact of contextual variables in all age groups indicates that the underlying processes are comparable. Thus, the fact that children’s and older adults’ metacognitive performance is generally good means that it should be harnessed to foster memory skills in these two age groups particularly. KW - Metakognition KW - Lebenslauf KW - Judgments of Learning KW - Entwicklungspsychologie Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-150424 ER - TY - THES A1 - Baur, Ramona T1 - Adult Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), Emotion Processing, and Emotion Regulation in Virtual Reality T1 - Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-/Hyperaktivitätsstörung (ADHS) im Erwachsenenalter, Emotionsverarbeitung und Emotionsregulation in virtueller Realität N2 - Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) is characterized by symptoms of inattentiveness and hyperactivity/impulsivity. Besides, increasing evidence points to ADHD patients showing emotional dysfunctions and concomitant problems in social life. However, systematic research on emotional dysfunctions in ADHD is still rare, and to date most studies lack conceptual differentiation between emotion processing and emotion regulation. The aim of this thesis was to systematically investigate emotion processing and emotion regulation in adult ADHD in a virtual reality paradigm implementing social interaction. Emotional reactions were assessed on experiential, physiological, and behavioral levels. Experiment 1 was conducted to develop a virtual penalty kicking paradigm implying social feedback and to test it in a healthy sample. This paradigm should then be applied in ADHD patients later on. Pleasant and unpleasant trials in this paradigm consisted of hits respectively misses and subsequent feedback from a virtual coach. In neutral trials, participants were teleported to different spots of the virtual stadium. Results indicated increased positive affectivity (higher valence and arousal ratings, higher zygomaticus activations, and higher expression rates of positive emotional behavior) in response to pleasant compared to neutral trials. Reactions to unpleasant trials were contradictory, indicating increased levels of both positive and negative affectivity, compared to neutral trials. Unpleasant vs. neutral trials revealed lower valence ratings, higher arousal ratings, higher zygomaticus activations, slightly lower corrugator activations, and higher expression rates of both positive and negative emotional behavior. The intensity of emotional reactions correlated with experienced presence in the virtual reality. To better understand the impact of hits or misses per se vs. hits or misses with coach feedback healthy participants’ emotional reactions, only 50% of all shots were followed by coach feedback in experiment 2. Neutral trials consisted of shots over the free soccer field which were followed by coach feedback in 50 % of all trials. Shots and feedback evoked more extreme valence and arousal ratings, higher zygomaticus activations, lower corrugator activations, and higher skin conductance responses than shots alone across emotional conditions. Again, results speak for the induction of positive emotions in pleasant trials whereas the induction of negative emotions in unpleasant trials seems ambiguous. Technical improvements of the virtual reality were reflected in higher presence ratings than in experiment 1. Experiment 3 investigated emotional reactions of adult ADHD patients and healthy controls after emotion processing and response-focused emotion regulation. Participants successively went through an ostensible online ball-tossing game (cyber ball) inducing negative emotions, and an adapted version of the virtual penalty kicking game. Throughout cyber ball, participants were included or ostracized by two other players in different experimental blocks. Participants were instructed to explicitly show, not regulate, or hide their emotions in different experimental blocks. Results provided some evidence for deficient processing of positive emotions in ADHD. Patients reported slightly lower positive affect than controls during cyber ball, gave lower valence ratings than controls in response to pleasant penalty kicking trials, and showed lower zygomaticus activations than controls especially during penalty kicking. Patients in comparison with controls showed slightly increased processing of unpleasant events during cyber ball (higher ratings of negative affect, especially in response to ostracism), but not during penalty kicking. Patients showed lower baseline skin conductance levels than controls, and impaired skin conductance modulations. Compared to controls, patients showed slight over-expression of positive as well as negative emotional behavior. Emotion regulation analyses revealed no major difficulties of ADHD vs. controls in altering their emotional reactions through deliberate response modulation. Moreover, patients reported to habitually apply adaptive emotion regulation strategies even more frequently than controls. The analyses of genetic high-risk vs. low-risk groups for ADHD across the whole sample revealed similar results as analyses for patients vs. controls for zygomaticus modulations during emotion processing, and for modulations of emotional reactions due to emotion regulation. To sum up, the virtual penalty kicking paradigm proved to be successful for the induction of positive, but not negative emotions. The importance of presence in virtual reality for the intensity of induced emotions could be replicated. ADHD patients showed impaired processing of primarily positive emotions. Aberrations in negative emotional responding were less clear and need further investigation. Results point to adult ADHD in comparison to healthy controls suffering from baseline deficits in autonomic arousal and deficits in arousal modulation. Deficits of ADHD in the deliberate application of response-focused emotion regulation could not be found. N2 - Die Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-/hyperaktivitätsstörung (ADHS) ist gekennzeichnet durch Symptome der Unaufmerksamkeit und Hyperaktivität/Impulsivität. Zudem sprechen zunehmende Befunde für emotionale Defizite und damit einhergehende soziale Probleme bei ADHS. Bisher gibt es jedoch kaum systematische Untersuchungen zu emotionalen Defiziten bei ADHS, und die meisten bisherigen Studien trennen nicht klar zwischen den Konzepten der Emotionsverarbeitung und Emotionsregulation. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war es, Emotionsverarbeitung und Emotionsregulation bei erwachsenen ADHS Patienten in einem Paradigma in virtueller Realität mit sozialer Interaktion zu untersuchen. Emotionale Reaktionen wurden auf Erlebnisebene, physiologischer Ebene und Verhaltensebene erfasst. In Experiment 1 wurde ein virtuelles Elfmeterparadigma mit sozialem Feedback entwickelt und an einer gesunden Stichprobe getestet. Dieses Paradigma sollte später mit ADHS Patienten verwendet werden. Angenehme und unangenehme Versuchsdurchgänge bestanden aus Treffern bzw. gehaltenen Torschüssen und einer darauffolgenden Rückmeldung von einem virtuellen Trainer. In neutralen Durchgängen wurden die Teilnehmer zu verschiedenen Punkten im virtuellen Stadion teleportiert. Die Ergebnisse sprechen für erhöhte positive Affektivität (höhere Valenz- und Arousalratings, höhere Zygomaticusaktivität, mehr positiver emotionaler Ausdruck) durch angenehme im Vergleich zu neutralen Durchgängen. Reaktionen auf unangenehme im Vergleich zu neutralen Durchgängen waren widersprüchlich und sprechen für erhöhte positive und negative Affektivität. Unangenehme vs. neutrale Durchgänge führten zu niedrigeren Valenzratings, höheren Arousalratings, höherer Zygomaticusaktivität, etwas niedrigerer Corrugatoraktivität und mehr positivem und negativem emotionalen Ausdruck. Die Intensität emotionaler Reaktionen korrelierte mit dem Präsenzerleben in der virtuellen Realität. Um den Einfluss von Torschüssen allein vs. Torschüssen mit Trainerrückmeldung auf emotionale Reaktionen bei Gesunden besser zu verstehen, folgte in Experiment 2 nur auf 50 % aller Schüsse eine Trainerrückmeldung. Neutrale Durchgänge bestanden aus freien Schüssen über das Fußballfeld, auf die zu 50 % eine Trainerrückmeldung folgte. Schüsse mit Rückmeldung führten durchgängig zu stärkeren Valenz- und Arousalratings, höherer Zygomaticusaktivität, niedrigerer Corrugatoraktivität, und höheren Hautleitfähigkeits- reaktionen als Schüsse allein. Auch diese Ergebnisse sprechen für die Induktion positiver Emotionen durch angenehme Durchgänge, während die Induktion negativer Emotionen durch unangenehme Durchgänge uneindeutig scheint. Technische Verbesserungen der virtuellen Realität schlugen sich in höherem Präsenzerleben als in Experiment 1 nieder. Experiment 3 untersuchte emotionale Reaktionen von erwachsenen ADHS Patienten und gesunden Kontrollen nach Emotionsverarbeitung und reaktionsfokussierter Emotions- regulation. Versuchsteilnehmer absolvierten nacheinander ein vorgebliches Online-Ballspiel (Cyber Ball) welches negative Emotionen induzierte, und eine weiterentwickelte Version des virtuellen Elfmeterspiels. Während Cyber Ball wurden die Teilnehmer von zwei anderen Mitspielern in verschiedenen Versuchsblöcken entweder eingeschlossen oder ausgeschossen. Die Teilnehmer wurden in verschiedenen Versuchsblöcken instruiert, ihre Emotionen entweder deutlich zu zeigen, nicht zu regulieren, oder zu verbergen. Einige Ergebnisse sprechen für eine defizitäre Verarbeitung positiver Emotionen bei ADHS. Patienten berichteten niedrigeren positiven Affekt als Kontrollen während Cyber Ball, niedrigere Valenzratings als Kontrollen nach angenehmen Elfmeterdurchgängen, und zeigten niedrigere Zygomaticusaktivität als Kontrollen insbesondere während des Elfmeterschießens. Im Vergleich zu Kontrollen zeigten Patienten eine leicht verstärkte Verarbeitung von unangenehmen Ereignissen beim Cyber Ball (höhere Ratings von negativem Affekt v.a. nach Ausschluss), aber nicht beim Elfmeterschießen. Patienten zeigten eine niedrigere Baseline- Hautleitfähigkeit als Kontrollen, sowie beeinträchtigte Hautleitfähigkeitsmodulationen. Im Vergleich zu Kontrollen zeigten Patienten leicht erhöhten Ausdruck von positiven und negativen Emotionen. Emotionsregulationsanalysen zeigten keine bedeutenden Einschränkungen von ADHS vs. Kontrollen im Verändern ihrer emotionalen Reaktionen durch absichtliche reaktionsfokussierte Emotionsregulation. Außerdem gaben Patienten an, gewohnheitsmäßig sogar häufiger als Kontrollen adaptive Emotionsregulationsstrategien anzuwenden. Der Vergleich einer genetischen Hochrisikogruppe mit einer Niedrigrisikogruppe für ADHS über die gesamte Stichprobe zeigte ähnliche Ergebnisse wie die Analysen für Patienten vs. Kontrollen in der Modulation von Zygomaticusaktivität während der Emotionsverarbeitung, sowie in der Modulation emotionaler Reaktionen durch Emotionsregulation. Zusammenfassend lässt sich sagen, dass das virtuelle Elfmeterparadigma geeignet scheint, um positive, aber nicht negative Emotionen zu induzieren. Die Bedeutsamkeit von Präsenzerleben in einer virtuellen Realität für die Intensität von induzierten Emotionen konnte repliziert werden. ADHS Patienten zeigten Beeinträchtigungen v.a. in der Verarbeitung von positiven Emotionen. Abweichungen in der negativen emotionalen Reagibilität waren weniger eindeutig und sollten weiter untersucht werden. Die Ergebnisse deuten darauf hin, dass erwachsene ADHS Patienten im Vergleich zu gesunden Kontrollen eine niedrigere autonome Erregbarkeit bei Baseline und Defizite in der Erregbarkeitsmodulation zeigen. Es zeigten sich keine Defizite von ADHS in der absichtlichen Anwendung von ausdrucksfokussierter Emotionsregulation. KW - emotion processing KW - Emotionsverarbeitung KW - Emotionsregulation KW - ADHS KW - virtuelle Realität KW - virtual reality KW - adult ADHD KW - emotion regulation KW - Aufmerksamkeitsdefizit-Syndrom KW - Erwachsener KW - Gefühl Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-142064 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Boll, Sabine A1 - Bartholomaeus, Marie A1 - Peter, Ulrike A1 - Lupke, Ulrike A1 - Gamer, Matthias T1 - Attentional mechanisms of social perception are biased in social phobia JF - Journal of Anxiety Disorders N2 - Previous studies of social phobia have reported an increased vigilance to social threat cues but also an avoidance of socially relevant stimuli such as eye gaze. The primary aim of this study was to examine attentional mechanisms relevant for perceiving social cues by means of abnormalities in scanning of facial features in patients with social phobia. In two novel experimental paradigms, patients with social phobia and healthy controls matched on age, gender and education were compared regarding their gazing behavior towards facial cues. The first experiment was an emotion classification paradigm which allowed for differentiating reflexive attentional shifts from sustained attention towards diagnostically relevant facial features. In the second experiment, attentional orienting by gaze direction was assessed in a gaze-cueing paradigm in which non-predictive gaze cues shifted attention towards or away from subsequently presented targets. We found that patients as compared to controls reflexively oriented their attention more frequently towards the eyes of emotional faces in the emotion classification paradigm. This initial hypervigilance for the eye region was observed at very early attentional stages when faces were presented for 150 ms, and persisted when facial stimuli were shown for 3 s. Moreover, a delayed attentional orienting into the direction of eye gaze was observed in individuals with social phobia suggesting a differential time course of eye gaze processing in patients and controls. Our findings suggest that basic mechanisms of early attentional exploration of social cues are biased in social phobia and might contribute to the development and maintenance of the disorder. KW - Social anxiety KW - Eye gaze KW - Vigilance KW - Amygdala KW - Emotional expression KW - Gaze perception Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189046 VL - 40 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wieser, Matthias J. A1 - Reicherts, Philipp A1 - Juravle, Georgiana A1 - von Leupoldt, Andreas T1 - Attention mechanisms during predictable and unpredictable threat - a steady-state visual evoked potential approach JF - NeuroImage N2 - Fear is elicited by imminent threat and leads to phasic fear responses with selective attention, whereas anxiety is characterized by a sustained state of heightened vigilance due to uncertain danger. In the present study, we investigated attention mechanisms in fear and anxiety by adapting the NPU-threat test to measure steady-state visual evoked potentials (ssVEPs). We investigated ssVEPs across no aversive events (N), predictable aversive events (P), and unpredictable aversive events (U), signaled by four-object arrays (30 s). In addition, central cues were presented during all conditions but predictably signaled imminent threat only during the P condition. Importantly, cues and context events were flickered at different frequencies (15 Hz vs. 20 Hz) in order to disentangle respective electrocortical responses. The onset of the context elicited larger electrocortical responses for U compared to P context. Conversely, P cues elicited larger electrocortical responses compared to N cues. Interestingly, during the presence of the P cue, visuocortical processing of the concurrent context was also enhanced. The results support the notion of enhanced initial hypervigilance to unpredictable compared to predictable threat contexts, while predictable cues show electrocortical enhancement of the cues themselves but additionally a boost of context processing. KW - Event-related potential KW - Contextual fear KW - Conditioning evidence KW - Sustained attention KW - Selective attention KW - Aversive events KW - Time-course KW - Virtual-reality KW - Anxiety KW - Humans Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187365 VL - 139 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Meule, Adrian A1 - Platte, Petra T1 - Attentional bias toward high-calorie food-cues and trait motor impulsivity interactively predict weight gain JF - Health Psychology Open N2 - Strong bottom-up impulses and weak top-down control may interactively lead to overeating and, consequently, weight gain. In the present study, female university freshmen were tested at the start of the first semester and again at the start of the second semester. Attentional bias toward high- or low-calorie food-cues was assessed using a dot-probe paradigm and participants completed the Barratt Impulsiveness Scale. Attentional bias and motor impulsivity interactively predicted change in body mass index: motor impulsivity positively predicted weight gain only when participants showed an attentional bias toward high-calorie food-cues. Attentional and non-planning impulsivity were unrelated to weight change. Results support findings showing that weight gain is prospectively predicted by a combination of weak top-down control (i.e. high impulsivity) and strong bottom-up impulses (i.e. high automatic motivational drive toward high-calorie food stimuli). They also highlight the fact that only specific aspects of impulsivity are relevant in eating and weight regulation. KW - attentional bias KW - Barratt Impulsiveness Scale KW - body mass index KW - calorie content KW - dot probe KW - energy density KW - food-cues KW - impulsivity KW - prospective study KW - weight gain Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-168504 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Huestegge, Lynn A1 - Böckler, Anne T1 - Out of the corner of the driver's eye: Peripheral processing of hazards in static traffic scenes JF - Journal of Vision N2 - Effective gaze control in traffic, based on peripheral visual information, is important to avoid hazards. Whereas previous hazard perception research mainly focused on skill-component development (e.g., orientation and hazard processing), little is known about the role and dynamics of peripheral vision in hazard perception. We analyzed eye movement data from a study in which participants scanned static traffic scenes including medium-level versus dangerous hazards and focused on characteristics of fixations prior to entering the hazard region. We found that initial saccade amplitudes into the hazard region were substantially longer for dangerous (vs. medium-level) hazards, irrespective of participants' driving expertise. An analysis of the temporal dynamics of this hazard-level dependent saccade targeting distance effect revealed that peripheral hazard-level processing occurred around 200–400 ms during the course of the fixation prior to entering the hazard region. An additional psychophysical hazard detection experiment, in which hazard eccentricity was manipulated, revealed better detection for dangerous (vs. medium-level) hazards in both central and peripheral vision. Furthermore, we observed a significant perceptual decline from center to periphery for medium (but not for highly) dangerous hazards. Overall, the results suggest that hazard processing is remarkably effective in peripheral vision and utilized to guide the eyes toward potential hazards. KW - traffic KW - hazard perception KW - visual orientation KW - eye movements KW - peripheral vision Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147726 VL - 16 IS - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kleih, Sonja C. A1 - Gottschalt, Lea A1 - Teichlein, Eva A1 - Weilbach, Franz X. T1 - Toward a P300 Based Brain-Computer Interface for Aphasia Rehabilitation after Stroke: Presentation of Theoretical Considerations and a Pilot Feasibility Study JF - Frontiers in Human Neuroscience N2 - People with post-stroke motor aphasia know what they would like to say but cannot express it through motor pathways due to disruption of cortical circuits. We present a theoretical background for our hypothesized connection between attention and aphasia rehabilitation and suggest why in this context, Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) use might be beneficial for patients diagnosed with aphasia. Not only could BCI technology provide a communication tool, it might support neuronal plasticity by activating language circuits and thereby boost aphasia recovery. However, stroke may lead to heterogeneous symptoms that might hinder BCI use, which is why the feasibility of this approach needs to be investigated first. In this pilot study, we included five participants diagnosed with post-stroke aphasia. Four participants were initially unable to use the visual P300 speller paradigm. By adjusting the paradigm to their needs, participants could successfully learn to use the speller for communication with accuracies up to 100%. We describe necessary adjustments to the paradigm and present future steps to investigate further this approach. KW - brain-computer interface (BCI) KW - aphasia KW - stroke rehabilitation KW - P300 speller KW - user-centered design KW - Broca KW - training Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147929 VL - 10 IS - 547 ER - TY - BOOK A1 - Lingel, Klaus T1 - Metakognitives Wissen Mathematik – Entwicklung und Zusammenhang mit der Mathematikleistung in der Sekundarstufe I T1 - Metacognitive Knowledge on Mathematics – Development and Relation to Mathematics Achievement in Secondary School N2 - Das Wissen über kognitive Prozesse oder metakognitives Wissen ist seit den 1970er-Jahren Gegenstand der entwicklungspsychologischen Forschung. Im Inhaltsbereich der mathematischen Informationsverarbeitung ist das Konstrukt jedoch – trotz elaborierter theoretischer Modelle über Struktur und Inhalt – empirisch nach wie vor weitgehend unerschlossen. Die vorliegende Studie schließt diese Lücke, indem sie die Entwicklung des mathematischen metakognitiven Wissens im Längsschnitt untersucht. Dazu wurde nicht nur der Entwicklungsverlauf beschrieben, sondern auch nach den Quellen für die beobachteten individuellen Unterschiede in der Entwicklung gesucht. Auch die aus pädagogischen Gesichtspunkten interessanten Zusammenhänge zwischen der metakognitiven Wissensentwicklung und der parallel dazu verlaufenden Entwicklung der mathematischen Kompetenzen wurden analysiert. N2 - Knowledge about cognition or metacognitive knowledge has been a subject of interest in developmental psychology since the 1970s. The main focus has been on the development and impact of metacognitive knowledge on memory development during preschool and primary school. Despite elaborated theoretical models of structure and content, there is hardly any empirical research on metacognitive knowledge on mathematical information processing. This study investigated systematically the development of mathematical metacognitive knowledge in secondary school, the impact of individual determinants on developmental differences and the relation among the developmental processes in metacognitive knowledge and in mathematical achievement. The analyses were based on data of four measurement points of a larger longitudinal study. The observed time period spanned Grades 5 and 6. The sample included 928 students in the three main tracks of the German secondary educational system (academic, intermediate and vocational track). The instruments used to assess developmental changes in mathematical metacognitive knowledge and mathematics achievement were constructed according to the item response theory. In order to consider the developmental progress of the sample, instruments were consecutively adapted by vertical linking. Additionally, cognitive (intelligence and working memory capacity), motivational (mathematical interest and self-concept) and socioeconomic (socioeconomic status of family) traits were assessed. Reading competency was controlled as method factor. Developmental differences and changes in metacognitive knowledge were analyzed by latent growth curve models. The sample showed a continuous growth in metacognitive knowledge. The developmental progress, however did not proceed linearly, but decelerated during the course of Grade 6. Cognitive and socioeconomic traits predicted developmental differences and changes in metacognitive knowledge. Motivational traits, though, had no impact on the developmental process. Gender differences showed up as differential gains in favor of female students. Right at the first measurement point, effects of school tracking were significant. Over the observed period, students of the academic and the vocational track achieved a stronger growth in metacognitive knowledge than students in the intermediate track. Explorative mixture distribution modeling resulted in three latent classes of developmental change. The class allocation was predicted by school track, cognitive and socioeconomic traits. The developmental processes of mathematical metacognitive knowledge and mathematics achievement were bidirectionally related. Developmental differences in both grouping variables, gender and school track, as well as correlational relations between the observed developmental processes remained significant under control for students´ cognitive, motivational and socioeconomic traits. These findings essentially confirm the constructivist assumption of metacognitive knowledge development as postulated in memory research. Additionally, the investigation of mathematical metacognitive knowledge in secondary school widens substantially the traditional focus of research. The instrument to assess metacognitive knowledge which was constructed as part of this study allows future research in the field of metacognitive development. KW - Kognitiver Prozess KW - Metakognition KW - Mathematikunterricht KW - Längsschnittuntersuchung KW - Kindheit KW - Jugend KW - Sekundarstufe KW - Metakognitives Wissen KW - Metacognitive Knowledge KW - Mathematics Achievement KW - Mathematikleistung KW - Kognition KW - Entwicklung Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-103269 SN - 978-3-95826-004-7 (print) SN - 978-3-95826-005-4 (online) N1 - Parallel erschienen als Druckausg. in Würzburg University Press, ISBN 978-3-95826-004-7, 29,80 EUR. PB - Würzburg University Press CY - Würzburg ER - TY - THES A1 - Baumgarten, Johanna Luise T1 - Eine experimentelle Studie zur Untersuchung der Schmerzmodulation durch phobische Stimuli und der elektrokortikalen Verarbeitung phobischer Bilder bei Zahnbehandlungsphobie vor und nach erfolgter Expositionstherapie T1 - Experimental EEG Study to examine pain modulation on phobic sound Stimuli in dental phobia before and after exposure therapy N2 - In der vorliegenden Arbeit wurde die Wirksamkeit einer Expositionstherapie in virtueller Realität bei Zahnbehandlungsphobikern untersucht. Über eine Vorher- und Nachher-Analyse sollte herausgefunden werden, inwieweit die Angst vor phobischen Stimuli reduziert werden kann. Die Untersuchungen dieser Studie stützten sich auf zwei empirische EEG-Studien von Kenntner-Mabiala & Pauli (2005, 2008), die evaluierten, dass Emotionen, die Schmerzwahrnehmung und die Toleranz der Schmerzschwelle modulieren können. Zudem konnte in einer EEG-Studie von Leutgeb et al. (2011) gezeigt werden, dass Zahnbehandlungsphobiker eine Erhöhung der EKPs auf phobisches Stimulusmaterial aufwiesen. Die Frage nach dem Einfluss von emotionalen und phobischen Bildern auf die neuronale Verarbeitung sollte hier untersucht werden. Außerdem sollte herausgefunden werden welche Auswirkung emotionale und phobische Geräusche auf die Schmerzverarbeitung vor und nach der Therapie haben. Die Probanden wurden an drei aufeinanderfolgenden Terminen untersucht. Der erste Termin beinhaltete die Diagnostik zur Zahnbehandlungsphobie und den experimentellen Teil, der sich in drei Teile pro Termin gliederte. Der erste Teil enthielt die Aufzeichnung des EEG unter Schmerzreizapplikation im Kontext emotionaler Geräusche (neutral, negativ, positiv & zahn) und das Bewerten dieser Schmerzreize bezüglich der Intensität und der Unangenehmheit des Schmerzes. Der zweite Teil enthielt Ratings zu Valenz und Arousal bezüglich dieser emotionalen Geräuschkategorien. Der dritte Teil enthielt die Aufzeichnung des EEG und das Rating zu Valenz und Arousal bezüglich emotionaler Bildkategorien (neutral, negativ, zahn). Am zweiten Termin folgte die Expositionstherapie unter psychologischer Betreuung. Der dritte Termin diente zur Erfolgsmessung und verlief wie Termin eins. Als Erfolgsmaße der Therapie dienten Selbstbeurteilungsfragebögen, Valenz- und Arousal-Ratings des Stimulusmaterials, Schmerzratings und die durch das EEG aufgezeichneten visuell Ereigniskorrelierten- und Somatosensorisch-Evozierten-Potentialen. Die Ergebnisse zeigten, dass Geräusche mit unterschiedlichen emotionalen Kategorien zu eindeutig unterschiedlichen Valenz- und Arousalempfindungen bei Zahnbehandlungsphobikern führen. Die Studie konnte bestätigen, dass phobische Geräuschstimuli einen Einfluss auf die erhöhte Erregung bei Zahnbehandlungsphobikern haben, die nach der Intervention als weniger furchterregend empfunden werden. Zudem konnte erwiesen werden, dass Personen mit Zahnbehandlungsphobie durch das Hören phobischer Zahnbehandlungsgeräusche eine stärkere Schmerzempfindung aufwiesen als durch positive, neutrale und negative Geräusche. Die Ergebnisse der Somatosensorisch-Evozierten-Potenziale (N150, P260) im Vergleich der Vorher und Nachher-Analyse zeigten tendenzielle Modulationen, die jedoch nicht signifikant waren. Im Vergleich zur Prä-Messung nahm die N150 Amplitude in der Post-Messung für die schmerzhaften Stimuli während der phobischen und negativen Geräusche ab. Außerdem wurden in dieser Studie parallel zum Geräuschparadigma weitere Sinnesmodalitäten mit phobie-relevanten Reizen anhand von Bildern getestet. Parallel zu den Ergebnissen der Studie von Leutgeb et al. (2011) fanden wir eine verstärkte elektrokortikale Verarbeitung im Late-Positive-Potential (LPP) auf phobische Bilder bei Zahnbehandlungsphobikern. Die Erwartung, dass die verstärkte elektrokortikale Verarbeitung des LPPs auf phobische Bilder bei Zahnbehandlungsphobikern durch Intervention reduziert werden kann, konnte nicht belegt werden. Rein deskriptiv gehen die Ergebnisse aber in diese Richtung. Auch das Verhalten änderte sich durch die Teilnahme an der Studie. Die Probanden gaben an, dass sich ihre Zahnbehandlungsangst nach der Expositionstherapie signifikant verringert hat. Das telefonische Follow-Up 6 Monate nach der Post-Messung zeigte, dass sich einige Probanden nach mehreren Jahren wieder in zahnärztliche Behandlung begeben haben. Insgesamt kann diese Studie zeigen, dass Zahnbehandlungsphobie durch psychologische Intervention reduziert werden kann und auch die Angst vor phobischem Stimulusmaterial durch eine wiederholte Reizkonfrontation abnimmt. Jedoch konnte auf elektrokortikaler Ebene keine Modulation der Schmerzempfindung über emotionale Geräusche festgestellt werden. N2 - The current study investigated the effectiveness of virtual reality exposure therapy for dental phobics. Using a pre-post comparison, the study determined the extent of fear reduction on a physiological and subjective level. This research is based on two empirical EEG studies by Kenntner-Mabiala & Pauli (2005, 2008), which determined somatosensory evoked potentials (SEPs) and subjective pain processing modulated by emotional pictures. Furthermore, an EEG study by Leutgeb et al. (2011) demonstrated that dental phobics showed increased ERPs in response to phobic compared to non-phobic emotional stimuli. We investigated the impact of emotional and phobic sounds on pain processing before and after the therapy. In addition, the influence of emotional and phobic pictures on neural processing was examined. The study contained three experimental sessions within two weeks. The first session included the diagnosis of dental phobia and an experimental part. First, EEG was recorded when moderately painful electric stimuli were administered in the context of emotional sounds (neutral, negative, positive, sound of dental treatment). Pain intensity and unpleasantness were assessed directly after each trial. Next, the emotional sounds were presented a second time and rated with respect to valence and arousal. The second session consisted of the exposure therapy and psychological counselling. The experimental procedure in the third session was the same as in session one in order to measure therapeutic success. Self-assessment surveys, valence and arousal ratings of the stimuli, pain ratings and the event-related visual and somatosensory evoked potentials were used to measure the success of the treatment. The results showed that sounds in various emotional categories lead to a clear valence and arousal sensitivity among dental phobics. The study confirmed that phobic sound stimuli have an impact on increased agitation among dental phobics, and they reacted with less fear after the treatment. Results also demonstrated that dental phobics are more sensitive to pain when they are exposed to phobia-related rather than positive, neutral or negative sounds. The SEP results (N150, P260) in the pre-post comparison did not show any sound modulation. Compared to the SEP amplitudes in the first session, the signal increased in the third session independent of the sounds. Presumably, in the first session attention was directed towards the highly emotional sounds. In contrast, in the third session when the sounds were well known participants directed their attention to the painful electric stimulus, which resulted in increased P260 amplitudes. In line with the results by Leutgeb et al. (2011), we found increased electrocortical activity in the late positive potential (LPP) in response to phobia-related pictures among dental phobics. The subjects behaviour also changed as a result of their participation in the study. They indicated that their fear of dental treatment decreased significantly following the exposure therapy. Six months after the post-measurement the telephone follow-up showed that some subjects were finally able to resume dental treatment after several years. Overall, this study shows that dental phobia can be reduced by psychological intervention and that even fear of phobic stimuli decreases following repeated confrontation with the stimuli. However, no electrocortical modulation of pain perception by emotional sounds could be detected. KW - Phobie KW - Schmerzreiz KW - Elektroencephalogramm KW - Phobie KW - Expositionstherapie KW - Schmerzmodulation KW - phobische Stimuli KW - Prof. Dr. Paul Pauli KW - Ereigniskorreliertes Potential Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-127129 ER - TY - THES A1 - Ulrich, Natalie T1 - Processing of Near Outcomes and Outcome Sequences in Gambling: Implications for the Biopsychological Basis of Problem Gambling T1 - Verarbeitung von knappen Ergebnissen und Ergebnissequenzen im Glücksspiel : Implikationen für die biopsychologische Basis von problematischem Glücksspielverhalten N2 - Gambling is a popular activity in Germany, with 40% of a representative sample reporting having gambled at least once in the past year (Bundeszentrale für gesundheitliche Aufklärung, 2014). While the majority of gamblers show harmless gambling behavior, a subset develops serious problems due to their gambling, affecting their psychological well-being, social life and work. According to recent estimates, up to 0.8% of the German population are affected by such pathological gambling. People in general and pathological gamblers in particular show several cognitive distortions, that is, misconceptions about the chances of winning and skill involvement, in gambling. The current work aimed at elucidating the biopsychological basis of two such kinds of cognitive distortions, the illusion of control and the gambler’s and hot hand fallacies, and their modulation by gambling problems. Therefore, four studies were conducted assessing the processing of near outcomes (used as a proxy for the illusion of control) and outcome sequences (used as a proxy for the gambler’s and hot hand fallacies) in samples of varying degrees of gambling problems, using a multimethod approach. The first study analyzed the processing and evaluation of near outcomes as well as choice behavior in a wheel of fortune paradigm using electroencephalography (EEG). To assess the influence of gambling problems, a group of problem gamblers was compared to a group of controls. The results showed that there were no differences in the processing of near outcomes between the two groups. Near compared to full outcomes elicited smaller P300 amplitudes. Furthermore, at a trend level, the choice behavior of participants showed signs of a pattern opposite to the gambler’s fallacy, with longer runs of an outcome color leading to increased probabilities of choosing this color again on the subsequent trial. Finally, problem gamblers showed smaller feedback-related negativity (FRN) amplitudes relative to controls. The second study also targeted the processing of near outcomes in a wheel of fortune paradigm, this time using functional magnetic resonance imaging and a group of participants with varying degrees of gambling problems. The results showed increased activity in the bilateral superior parietal cortex following near compared to full outcomes. The third study examined the peripheral physiology reactions to near outcomes in the wheel of fortune. Heart period and skin conductance were measured while participants with varying degrees of gambling problems played on the wheel of fortune. Near compared to full outcomes led to increased heart period duration shortly after the outcome. Furthermore, heart period reactions and skin conductance responses (SCRs) were modulated by gambling problems. Participants with high relative to low levels of gambling problems showed increased SCRs to near outcomes and similar heart period reactions to near outcomes and full wins. The fourth study analyzed choice behavior and sequence effects in the processing of outcomes in a coin toss paradigm using EEG in a group of problem gamblers and controls. Again, problem gamblers showed generally smaller FRN amplitudes compared to controls. There were no differences between groups in the processing of outcome sequences. The break of an outcome streak led to increased power in the theta frequency band. Furthermore, the P300 amplitude was increased after a sequence of previous wins. Finally, problem gamblers compared to controls showed a trend of switching the outcome symbol relative to the previous outcome symbol more often. In sum, the results point towards differences in the processing of near compared to full outcomes in brain areas and measures implicated in attentional and salience processes. The processing of outcome sequences involves processes of salience attribution and violation of expectations. Furthermore, problem gamblers seem to process near outcomes as more win-like compared to controls. The results and their implications for problem gambling as well as further possible lines of research are discussed. N2 - Glücksspiel ist eine verbreitete Aktivität in Deutschland. 40% einer repräsentativen Stichprobe gaben an mindestens einmal im vergangenen Jahr um Geld gespielt zu haben (Bundeszentrale für gesundheitliche Aufklärung, 2014). Während die Mehrheit der Glücksspieler unbedenkliches Spielverhalten zeigt, entwickelt ein Teil der Spieler ernsthafte Probleme durch das Spielen, die das psychische Wohlergehen, sowie das soziale und Arbeitsleben beeinträchtigen. Nach aktuellen Schätzungen sind bis zu 0,8% der deutschen Bevölkerung von solch pathologischem Glücksspielen betroffen. Generell zeigen Menschen verschiedene kognitive Verzerrungen im Sinne falscher Einschätzungen der Gewinnwahrscheinlichkeit und der Beteiligung von Fähigkeiten in Bezug auf Glücksspiel. Dies trifft insbesondere für pathologische Glücksspieler zu. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit ist die Untersuchung der biopsychologischen Grundlagen zweier solcher kognitiver Verzerrungen, der Kontrollillusion sowie der Gambler’s Fallacy (bisweilen auch Spielerfehlschluss genannt) und Hot-Hand-Phänomene, sowie deren Modulation durch Glücksspielprobleme. Zu diesem Zweck wurden vier Studien durchgeführt, die die Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse (stellvertretend für die Kontrollillusion) und Ergebnissequenzen (stellvertretend für die Phänomene der Gambler’s Fallacy und Hot Hand) untersuchten. Dazu wurden Stichproben mit unterschiedlichem Schweregrad der Glücksspielproblematik sowie ein Multi-Methoden Ansatz verwendet. Die erste Studie untersuchte die Verarbeitung und Bewertung knapper Ergebnisse sowie das Wahlverhalten in einem Glücksrad Paradigma mittels Elektroenzephalographie (EEG). Um den Einfluss der Glücksspielproblematik zu erfassen, wurde eine Gruppe von Problemspielern mit einer Kontrollgruppe verglichen. Es zeigten sich keine Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse zwischen den beiden Gruppen. Im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen führten knappe Ergebnisse zu kleineren Amplituden in der P300. Des Weiteren zeigte sich auf Trendniveau im Wahlverhalten der Probanden Anzeichen für ein der Gambler’s Fallacy entgegengesetztes Muster. Längere Sequenzen einer Ergebnisfarbe führten zu einer höheren Wahrscheinlichkeit diese Farbe im folgenden Durchgang erneut zu wählen. Schließlich zeigten Problemspieler relativ zur Kontrollgruppe kleinere Amplituden in der Feedbacknegativierung (FRN). Die zweite Studie zielte ebenfalls auf die Verarbeitung knapper Ergebnisse im Glücksrad Paradigma ab, allerdings unter Verwendung funktioneller Magnetresonanztomographie sowie einer Probandengruppe mit variierendem Ausmaß der Glücksspielproblematik. Es zeigte sich eine verstärkte Aktivierung im bilateralen superioren parietalen Cortex nach knappen im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen. Die dritte Studie untersuchte peripherphysiologische Reaktionen auf knappe Ergebnisse im Glücksrad. Hierzu wurden Herzperiode und Hautleitfähigkeit erfasst während eine Probandengruppe mit unterschiedlichem Ausmaß an Glücksspielproblemen am Glücksrad spielte. Knappe Ergebnisse führten im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen zu verlängerten Herzperioden kurz nach dem Ergebnis. Des Weiteren wurden die Herzperiodenreaktion und Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktion durch Glücksspielprobleme moduliert. Probanden mit einem hohem im Vergleich zu einem niedrigen Ausmaß an Glücksspielproblemen zeigten gesteigerte Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktionen auf knappe im Vergleich zu vollen Ergebnissen, sowie ähnliche Herzperiodenreaktionen auf knappe Ergebnisse und volle Gewinne. Die vierte Studie untersuchte das Wahlverhalten sowie Einflüsse vorheriger Sequenzen auf die Verarbeitung von Ergebnissen in einem Münzwurf Paradigma. Hierzu wurde ein EEG bei einer Gruppe von Problemspielern und Kontrollprobanden abgeleitet. Problemspieler zeigten wiederum generell kleinere FRN Amplituden als Kontrollen. Es zeigten sich keine Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung der Ergebnissequenzen zwischen den Gruppen. Die Unterbrechung einer Sequenz gleicher Ergebnisse führte zu verstärkter Power im Theta Frequenzband. Zusätzlich war die Amplitude der P300 nach zwei vorangegangenen Gewinnen erhöht. Schließlich zeigten Problemspieler im Vergleich zu Kontrollen die Tendenz das gewählte Symbol relativ zum vorangegangenen Ergebnissymbol häufiger zu wechseln. Zusammenfassend deuten die Ergebnisse auf Unterschiede in der Verarbeitung knapper und voller Ergebnisse hin, die vor allem Gehirnareale und Prozesse umfassen, die mit Aufmerksamkeit und Salienz assoziiert sind. Die Verarbeitung von Ergebnissequenzen umfasst Prozesse der Salienzzuschreibung und Erwartungsverletzung. Außerdem scheinen Problemspieler im Vergleich zu Kontrollen knappe Ergebnisse als gewinnähnlicher zu verarbeiten. Die Ergebnisse und deren Implikationen für problematisches Glücksspielverhalten sowie weitere mögliche Forschungsfragen werden diskutiert. KW - Spielsucht KW - Psychobiologie KW - Near Miss KW - Problem Gambling KW - Heart Period KW - EEG KW - fMRI KW - Gambler's Fallacy KW - Hot Hand Fallacy KW - Cognitive Distortions KW - Glücksspiel KW - Electroencephalographie KW - Funktionelle Kernspintomografie Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-139612 ER - TY - THES A1 - Jagiellowicz-Kaufmann, Monika Sarah T1 - Akzeptable und effektive Pedal- und Motorkennlinien zur Unterstützung von Eco-Driving im Elektrofahrzeug T1 - Usable and effective pedal and engine characteristics for supporting eco-driving in electric vehicles N2 - Die begrenzte Reichweite ist einer der Hauptgründe für das derzeitige mangelnde Kaufinteresse an Elektrofahrzeugen. Neben rein komponentenoptimierenden Maßnahmen, wie der Verbesserung der Batterie, ist die Förderung von Eco-Driving, also einer energieeffizienten Fahrweise, ein effektiver Ansatz zur Steigerung der Reichweite. Trainings und visuell dargebotene Eco-Assistenten können Eco-Driving wirksam steigern, schöpfen aber nicht dessen gesamtes Potential aus. Angepasste Pedal- und Motorkennlinien könnten Eco-Driving zusätzlich fördern. Für deren Bewertung sind die Wirksamkeit und Akzeptanz bisher nicht gemeinsam berücksichtig worden oder sie wurden nicht im Elektrofahrzeug evaluiert und validiert. Zu diesen Anpassungen zählen eine Veränderung des Beschleunigungspedals, sodass mit diesem gleichzeitig beschleunigt und rekuperiert werden kann, die Limitierung von Drehmoment und Leistung und der Einsatz eines aktiven Beschleunigungspedals, welches Widerstände abhängig von Fahrzeug- oder Situationsparametern aktiviert. Für diese Arbeit habe ich daher die Pedal- und Motorkennlinien entsprechend angepasst und in ein validiertes Elektroautomodell implementiert. Ziel war es, verschiedene Fahrverhaltensbereiche im Elektrofahrzeug, die Eco-Driving kennzeichnen (energieoptimales Beschleunigen und Verzögern, Einhalten von Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzungen, vorausschauendes Fahren), benutzerfreundlich, akzeptabel und wirksam zu unterstützen. Zu diesem Zweck habe ich vier Probandenstudien im bewegten Fahrsimulator durchgeführt und geeignete Pedal- und Motorkennlinien empirisch bestimmt. In der ersten Studie habe ich untersucht, ob und warum eine Pedalkennlinie zu bevorzugen ist, bei der mit dem Beschleunigungspedal anstelle des Bremspedals rekuperiert wird. Das Ziel der zweiten Studie war es, eine geeignete Rekuperationsstärke für ein kombiniertes Beschleunigungspedal, bei dem mit dem Beschleunigungspedal rekuperiert wird, zu bestimmen. In der dritten Studie habe ich evaluiert, ob die Limitierung der Leistung oder die des Drehmoments zu bevorzugen ist, um das Beschleunigungsverhalten zu optimieren und wie stark die Limitierungen optimaler Weise sein sollten. Basierend auf den Ergebnissen der dritten Studie, habe ich schließlich einen optimierten Limitierungsansatz konzipiert, diesen mit einem aktiven Beschleunigungspedal verglichen und bestimmt, welcher Ansatz zu bevorzugen ist. Aufgrund der Studienergebnisse werden folgende Ansätze für die jeweiligen Eco-Driving-Fahrverhaltensbereiche empfohlen und es werden folgende Gestaltungsempfehlungen abgeleitet: Zur Förderung eines energieeffizienten Beschleunigungsverhaltens ist die Limitierung von Drehmoment und Leistung geeignet. Die Limitierung des Drehmoments ist hierbei besonders wirksam in geringen, die Limitierung der maximalen Leistung in höheren Geschwindigkeitsbereichen. Zu empfehlen sind parallele mittelstarke Limitierungen von maximalem Drehmoment und maximaler Leistung, die Beschleunigungen mit 2.0 m/s² erlauben, bei gleichzeitiger Bereitstellung eines Kick-Downs. Ein aktives Beschleunigungspedal ist insbesondere aus Gründen der Benutzerfreundlichkeit zur Förderung eines energieeffizienten Beschleunigungsverhaltens nur eingeschränkt empfehlenswert. Zur Förderung eines energieeffizienten Verzögerungsverhaltens wird die Implementierung der Rekuperationsfunktion auf dem Beschleunigungspedal anstelle des Bremspedals empfohlen, da dies einerseits ermöglicht, auf hydraulisches Bremsen zu verzichten und gleichzeitig mehr Energie rekuperiert werden kann. Ersteres trägt zu einer hohen Akzeptanz bei, letzteres zu einer günstigen Energiebilanz. Besonders effektiv und akzeptabel ist ein kombiniertes Fahrbremspedal, wenn es eine starke Rekuperation ermöglicht (zwischen -1.7 und -2.1 m/s²). Weiterhin ist ein aktives Beschleunigungspedal, das den geeigneten Zeitpunkt für eine maximal energieeffiziente Verzögerung mit einem kombinierten Fahrbremspedal anzeigt, wirksam, um die rekuperierte Energie zu steigern. Auf diese Weise kann zudem eine vorausschauende Fahrweise unterstützt werden. Hierbei muss jedoch die Funktionalität und Benutzerfreundlichkeit optimiert werden, um eine gesteigerte kognitive Fahrerbeanspruchung und Minderungen der Akzeptanz zu vermeiden. Zur Unterstützung der Einhaltung von Geschwindigkeitsbegrenzungen ist ebenfalls das aktive Beschleunigungspedal geeignet. Der Fahrer sollte hierbei aber die Möglichkeit haben, individuell Grenzwerte einzustellen. Die Verknüpfung eines kombinierten Fahrbremspedals mit einer Limitierung von Drehmoment und Leistung sowie einem aktiven Beschleunigungspedal kann abschließend, unter Berücksichtigung der abgeleiteten Gestaltungsempfehlungen, als effektive und akzeptable Möglichkeit zur Förderung unterschiedlicher Verhaltensbereiche von Eco-Driving bewertet werden. Die erwarteten Synergieeffekte der evaluierten Ansätze in Verbindung mit Eco-Trainings und visuell dargebotenen Eco-Feedback-Assistenten sowie deren Langfristigkeit sollten Gegenstand weiterführender Forschung sein. N2 - The limited range of electric vehicles (EV) is one of the major reasons for the current lack of buying interest. Besides optimizing battery capacity, eco-driving is an effective approach for extending EVs range. Trainings and visually presented assistance systems are effective but do max out the full potential of eco-driving. Yet, adapting accelerator pedal and motor characteristics may additionally support eco-driving. So far, these adaptations were not evaluated concerning both usability and effectiveness simultaneously, however, or they were not evaluated and validated in the context of EVs. The adaptations of interest are first a combination of accelerator and brake pedal, which allows accelerating and regenerative braking by means of only one pedal, second limitations of engine’s maximum torque or power and third an active accelerator pedal which activates forces depending on vehicle or situation parameters. Within the scope of this thesis, I therefore adapted accelerator pedal and motor characteristics respectively and implemented them in a validated electric vehicle model. The aim was to support several eco-driving characteristics (energy efficient accelerating and decelerating, compliance with speed limits, anticipatory driving) in a usable and effective manner. In order to determine suitable accelerator pedal and motor characteristics I thus conducted four experiments in a dynamic simulator. In the first study I evaluated whether recuperating by means of the accelerator or the brake pedal is preferred. The aim of the second study was to determine an appropriate recuperation force when using a combined accelerator pedal which allows recuperating by means of the accelerator pedal. In the third study I evaluated on the one hand whether a limitation of engines torque or power is preferred in order to support energy efficient acceleration and on the other hand how intense limitations should be. Based on the findings of the third study I finally optimized the limitation approach, compared this approach with an active accelerator pedal and evaluated which approach is preferred. Based on the study results, I recommend following adaptations for the respective eco-driving characteristics and derive further design implications: Limiting maximum torque and power is most appropriate for supporting energy efficient acceleration behavior. The limitation of maximum torque is most effective at lower speed range, the limitation of maximum power at higher speed range. I recommend limitating maximum torque and power simultaneously, however, allowing accelerations of 2.0 m/s² and proving a kick-down which deactivates the limitations. Though an active accelerator pedal is effective for supporting energy efficient acceleration behavior it is not recommended for usability reasons. For supporting energy efficient deceleration behavior the implementation of regenerative braking on the accelerator pedal instead of the braking pedal is recommended as it enables dispensing with hydraulic braking on the one hand and increases regenerated energy on the other hand. The former contributes to a high level of acceptance, the latter to a favorable energy balance. In particular strong regenerative braking (between -1.7 and -2.1 m/s²), when using a combined pedal solution, is effective and usable. Furthermore, an active accelerator pedal, which indicates the appropriate time for a maximum energy efficient deceleration with a combined pedal solution, is effective to increase regenerated energy. By this means, also an anticipatory driving style is supported. Nevertheless, accuracy of function and its usability need to be optimized in order to avoid increasing driver workload and decreasing acceptance. Furthermore, an active accelerator pedal is also applicable for supporting compliance with speed limits. However, the possibility of individual customizing of thresholds should be provided. Finally, taking into account the design recommendations, a combination of a combined pedal solution, limitation of maximum torque and power and an active accelerator pedal is a usable and effective approach for supporting various eco-driving characteristics. The expected synergy effects of the evaluated approaches in combination with eco-trainings and visually presented eco-feedback assistance system as well as their long-term effectiveness should be subject of further research. KW - Elektrofahrzeug KW - Energieeinsparung KW - Akzeptanz KW - eco-driving KW - active accelerator pedal KW - Elektrofahrzeug KW - electric vehicle KW - acceptance KW - usability KW - Kennlinie KW - efficiency KW - eco mode KW - regenerative braking KW - Fahrsimulator KW - Effektivität Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-137031 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kirsch, Wladimir A1 - Ullrich, Benjamin A1 - Kunde, Wilfried T1 - Are Effects of Action on Perception Real? Evidence from Transformed Movements JF - PLoS ONE N2 - It has been argued that several reported non-visual influences on perception cannot be truly perceptual. If they were, they should affect the perception of target objects and reference objects used to express perceptual judgments, and thus cancel each other out. This reasoning presumes that non-visual manipulations impact target objects and comparison objects equally. In the present study we show that equalizing a body-related manipulation between target objects and reference objects essentially abolishes the impact of that manipulation so as it should do when that manipulation actually altered perception. Moreover, the manipulation has an impact on judgements when applied to only the target object but not to the reference object, and that impact reverses when only applied to the reference object but not to the target object. A perceptual explanation predicts this reversal, whereas explanations in terms of post-perceptual response biases or demand effects do not. Altogether these results suggest that body-related influences on perception cannot as a whole be attributed to extra-perceptual factors. KW - vision KW - preprocessing KW - analysis of variance KW - sensory perception KW - hands KW - fingers KW - experimental design KW - perception Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-178574 VL - 11 IS - 12 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Walz, Nora A1 - Mühlberger, Andreas A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - A human open field test reveals thigmotaxis related to agoraphobic fear JF - Biological Psychiatry N2 - BACKGROUND: Thigmotaxis refers to a specific behavior of animals (i.e., to stay close to walls when exploring an open space). Such behavior can be assessed with the open field test (OFT), which is a well-established indicator of animal fear. The detection of similar open field behavior in humans may verify the translational validity of this paradigm. Enhanced thigmotaxis related to anxiety may suggest the relevance of such behavior for anxiety disorders, especially agoraphobia. METHODS: A global positioning system was used to analyze the behavior of 16 patients with agoraphobia and 18 healthy individuals with a risk for agoraphobia (i.e., high anxiety sensitivity) during a human OFT and compare it with appropriate control groups (n = 16 and n = 19). We also tracked 17 patients with agoraphobia and 17 control participants during a city walk that involved walking through an open market square. RESULTS: Our human OFT triggered thigmotaxis in participants; patients with agoraphobia and participants with high anxiety sensitivity exhibited enhanced thigmotaxis. This behavior was evident in increased movement lengths along the wall of the natural open field and fewer entries into the center of the field despite normal movement speed and length. Furthermore, participants avoided passing through the market square during the city walk, indicating again that thigmotaxis is related to agoraphobia. CONCLUSIONS: This study is the first to our knowledge to verify the translational validity of the OFT and to reveal that thigmotaxis, an evolutionarily adaptive behavior shown by most species, is related to agoraphobia, a pathologic fear of open spaces, and anxiety sensitivity, a risk factor for agoraphobia. KW - Agoraphobia KW - Animal models KW - Anxiety sensitivity KW - Avoidance behavior KW - Openfield test KW - Thigmotaxis Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-187607 VL - 80 IS - 5 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, C. A1 - Richter, J. A1 - Mahr, M. A1 - Gajewska, A. A1 - Schiele, M.A. A1 - Gehrmann, A. A1 - Schmidt, B. A1 - Lesch, K.-P. A1 - Lang, T. A1 - Helbig-Lang, S. A1 - Pauli, P. A1 - Kircher, T. A1 - Reif, A. A1 - Rief, W. A1 - Vossbeck-Elsebusch, A.N. A1 - Arolt, V. A1 - Wittchen, H.-U. A1 - Hamm, A.O. A1 - Deckert, J. A1 - Domschke, K. T1 - MAOA gene hypomethylation in panic disorder-reversibility of an epigenetic risk pattern by psychotherapy JF - Translational Psychiatry N2 - Epigenetic signatures such as methylation of the monoamine oxidase A (MAOA) gene have been found to be altered in panic disorder (PD). Hypothesizing temporal plasticity of epigenetic processes as a mechanism of successful fear extinction, the present psychotherapy-epigenetic study for we believe the first time investigated MAOA methylation changes during the course of exposure-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) in PD. MAOA methylation was compared between N=28 female Caucasian PD patients (discovery sample) and N=28 age- and sex-matched healthy controls via direct sequencing of sodium bisulfite-treated DNA extracted from blood cells. MAOA methylation was furthermore analyzed at baseline (T0) and after a 6-week CBT (T1) in the discovery sample parallelized by a waiting time in healthy controls, as well as in an independent sample of female PD patients (N=20). Patients exhibited lower MAOA methylation than healthy controls (P<0.001), and baseline PD severity correlated negatively with MAOA methylation (P=0.01). In the discovery sample, MAOA methylation increased up to the level of healthy controls along with CBT response (number of panic attacks; T0-T1: +3.37±2.17%), while non-responders further decreased in methylation (-2.00±1.28%; P=0.001). In the replication sample, increases in MAOA methylation correlated with agoraphobic symptom reduction after CBT (P=0.02-0.03). The present results support previous evidence for MAOA hypomethylation as a PD risk marker and suggest reversibility of MAOA hypomethylation as a potential epigenetic correlate of response to CBT. The emerging notion of epigenetic signatures as a mechanism of action of psychotherapeutic interventions may promote epigenetic patterns as biomarkers of lasting extinction effects. KW - Adult KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - DNA Methylation KW - Epigenesis KW - Genetic KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Monoamine Oxidase/genetics KW - Panic Disorder/genetics KW - Panic Disorder/therapy KW - Sequence Analysis KW - DNA Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164422 IS - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Reicherts, Philipp A1 - Gerdes, Antje B. M. A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Wieser, Matthias J. T1 - Psychological placebo and nocebo effects on pain rely on expectation and previous experience JF - Journal of Pain N2 - Expectation and previous experience are both well established key mediators of placebo and nocebo effects. However, the investigation of their respective contribution to placebo and nocebo responses is rather difficult because most placebo and nocebo manipulations are contaminated by pre-existing treatment expectancies resulting from a learning history of previous medical interventions. To circumvent any resemblance to classical treatments, a purely psychological placebonocebo manipulation was established, namely, the "visual stripe pattern induced modulation of pain." To this end, experience and expectation regarding the effects of different visual cues (stripe patterns) on pain were varied across 3 different groups, with either only placebo instruction (expectation), placebo conditioning (experience), or both (expectation + experience) applied. Only the combined manipulation (expectation + experience) revealed significant behavioral and physiological placebo nocebo effects on pain. Two subsequent experiments, which, in addition to placebo and nocebo cues, included a neutral control condition further showed that especially nocebo responses were more easily induced by this psychological placebo and nocebo manipulation. The results emphasize the great effect of psychological processes on placebo and nocebo effects. Particularly, nocebo effects should be addressed more thoroughly and carefully considered in clinical practice to prevent the accidental induction of side effects. KW - psychological placebo intervention KW - placebo hypoalgesia KW - nocebo hyperalgesia KW - experience KW - expectation Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190962 VL - 17 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Halder, Sebastian A1 - Takano, Kouji A1 - Ora, Hiroki A1 - Onishi, Akinari A1 - Utsumi, Kota A1 - Kansaku, Kenji T1 - An Evaluation of Training with an Auditory P300 Brain-Computer Interface for the Japanese Hiragana Syllabary JF - Frontiers in Neuroscience N2 - Gaze-independent brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) are a possible communication channel for persons with paralysis. We investigated if it is possible to use auditory stimuli to create a BCI for the Japanese Hiragana syllabary, which has 46 Hiragana characters. Additionally, we investigated if training has an effect on accuracy despite the high amount of different stimuli involved. Able-bodied participants (N = 6) were asked to select 25 syllables (out of fifty possible choices) using a two step procedure: First the consonant (ten choices) and then the vowel (five choices). This was repeated on 3 separate days. Additionally, a person with spinal cord injury (SCI) participated in the experiment. Four out of six healthy participants reached Hiragana syllable accuracies above 70% and the information transfer rate increased from 1.7 bits/min in the first session to 3.2 bits/min in the third session. The accuracy of the participant with SCI increased from 12% (0.2 bits/min) to 56% (2 bits/min) in session three. Reliable selections from a 10 × 5 matrix using auditory stimuli were possible and performance is increased by training. We were able to show that auditory P300 BCIs can be used for communication with up to fifty symbols. This enables the use of the technology of auditory P300 BCIs with a variety of applications. KW - gaze independence KW - assistive technology KW - electroencephalography KW - event-related potentials KW - P300 KW - auditory stimulation KW - brain-computer interface Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165465 VL - 10 IS - 446 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Schiele, Miriam A. A1 - Reinhard, Julia A1 - Reif, Andreas A1 - Domschke, Katharina A1 - Romanos, Marcel A1 - Deckert, Jürgen A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - Developmental aspects of fear: Comparing the acquisition and generalization of conditioned fear in children and adults JF - Developmental Psychobiology N2 - Most research on human fear conditioning and its generalization has focused on adults whereas only little is known about these processes in children. Direct comparisons between child and adult populations are needed to determine developmental risk markers of fear and anxiety. We compared 267 children and 285 adults in a differential fear conditioning paradigm and generalization test. Skin conductance responses (SCR) and ratings of valence and arousal were obtained to indicate fear learning. Both groups displayed robust and similar differential conditioning on subjective and physiological levels. However, children showed heightened fear generalization compared to adults as indexed by higher arousal ratings and SCR to the generalization stimuli. Results indicate overgeneralization of conditioned fear as a developmental correlate of fear learning. The developmental change from a shallow to a steeper generalization gradient is likely related to the maturation of brain structures that modulate efficient discrimination between danger and (ambiguous) safety cues. KW - fear conditioning KW - fear generalization KW - development KW - skin conductance KW - maturation Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189488 VL - 58 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Holtfrerich, Sarah K. C. A1 - Schwarz, Katharina A. A1 - Sprenger, Christian A1 - Reimers, Luise A1 - Diekhof, Esther K. T1 - Endogenous Testosterone and Exogenous Oxytocin Modulate Attentional Processing of Infant Faces JF - PLoS ONE N2 - Evidence indicates that hormones modulate the intensity of maternal care. Oxytocin is known for its positive influence on maternal behavior and its important role for childbirth. In contrast, testosterone promotes egocentric choices and reduces empathy. Further, testosterone decreases during parenthood which could be an adaptation to increased parental investment. The present study investigated the interaction between testosterone and oxytocin in attentional control and their influence on attention to baby schema in women. Higher endogenous testosterone was expected to decrease selective attention to child portraits in a face-in-the-crowd-paradigm, while oxytocin was expected to counteract this effect. As predicted, women with higher salivary testosterone were slower in orienting attention to infant targets in the context of adult distractors. Interestingly, reaction times to infant and adult stimuli decreased after oxytocin administration, but only in women with high endogenous testosterone. These results suggest that oxytocin may counteract the adverse effects of testosterone on a central aspect of social behavior and maternal caretaking. KW - maternal behavior KW - oxytocin KW - testosterone KW - attention KW - infant faces Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166783 VL - 11 IS - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kuhn, Manuel A1 - Scharfenort, Robert A1 - Schümann, Dirk A1 - Schiele, Miriam A. A1 - Münsterkötter, Anna L. A1 - Deckert, Jürgen A1 - Domschke, Katharina A1 - Haaker, Jan A1 - Kalisch, Raffael A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Reif, Andreas A1 - Romanos, Marcel A1 - Zwanzger, Peter A1 - Lonsdorf, Tina B. T1 - Mismatch or allostatic load? Timing of life adversity differentially shapes gray matter volume and anxious temperament JF - Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience N2 - Traditionally, adversity was defined as the accumulation of environmental events (allostatic load). Recently however, a mismatch between the early and the later (adult) environment (mismatch) has been hypothesized to be critical for disease development, a hypothesis that has not yet been tested explicitly in humans. We explored the impact of timing of life adversity (childhood and past year) on anxiety and depression levels (N = 833) and brain morphology (N = 129). Both remote (childhood) and proximal (recent) adversities were differentially mirrored in morphometric changes in areas critically involved in emotional processing (i.e. amygdala/hippocampus, dorsal anterior cingulate cortex, respectively). The effect of adversity on affect acted in an additive way with no evidence for interactions (mismatch). Structural equation modeling demonstrated a direct effect of adversity on morphometric estimates and anxiety/depression without evidence of brain morphology functioning as a mediator. Our results highlight that adversity manifests as pronounced changes in brain morphometric and affective temperament even though these seem to represent distinct mechanistic pathways. A major goal of future studies should be to define critical time periods for the impact of adversity and strategies for intervening to prevent or reverse the effects of adverse childhood life experiences. KW - VBM KW - childhood maltreatment KW - adversity KW - stressful life events KW - mismatch KW - allostatic load Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189645 VL - 11 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Acqualagna, Laura A1 - Botrel, Loic A1 - Vidaurre, Carmen A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Blankertz, Benjamin T1 - Large-Scale Assessment of a Fully Automatic Co-Adaptive Motor Imagery-Based Brain Computer Interface JF - PLoS ONE N2 - In the last years Brain Computer Interface (BCI) technology has benefited from the development of sophisticated machine leaning methods that let the user operate the BCI after a few trials of calibration. One remarkable example is the recent development of co-adaptive techniques that proved to extend the use of BCIs also to people not able to achieve successful control with the standard BCI procedure. Especially for BCIs based on the modulation of the Sensorimotor Rhythm (SMR) these improvements are essential, since a not negligible percentage of users is unable to operate SMR-BCIs efficiently. In this study we evaluated for the first time a fully automatic co-adaptive BCI system on a large scale. A pool of 168 participants naive to BCIs operated the co-adaptive SMR-BCI in one single session. Different psychological interventions were performed prior the BCI session in order to investigate how motor coordination training and relaxation could influence BCI performance. A neurophysiological indicator based on the Power Spectral Density (PSD) was extracted by the recording of few minutes of resting state brain activity and tested as predictor of BCI performances. Results show that high accuracies in operating the BCI could be reached by the majority of the participants before the end of the session. BCI performances could be significantly predicted by the neurophysiological indicator, consolidating the validity of the model previously developed. Anyway, we still found about 22% of users with performance significantly lower than the threshold of efficient BCI control at the end of the session. Being the inter-subject variability still the major problem of BCI technology, we pointed out crucial issues for those who did not achieve sufficient control. Finally, we propose valid developments to move a step forward to the applicability of the promising co-adaptive methods. KW - large-scale assessment KW - Brain Computer Interface KW - machine leaning KW - fully automatic KW - co-adaptive Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-167230 VL - 11 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Hommers, Wilfried A1 - Görs, Marijke T1 - Information integration of Kohlbergian thoughts about consensual sex JF - Universitas Psychologica N2 - The unification of two major approaches to moral judgment is the purpose of the present approach. Kohlberg's well-known stage theory assumes a sequence of discrete stages that underlie all moral judgment. Stage theory recognizes the problem of integrating considerations but gives no way to solve such integration, even with information from any one stage. And, of course, the stage concept denies any significant integration from different stages. Thus, research on moral judgment needs to study the integration problem which can be tested within Anderson's theory of information integration. The main purpose of the present study was to extend this unificationist approach to the issue of sexual morality. A novel task presents information from two very different stages. The results showed that in contrast to discreteness the stage informers were positively correlated in punishment judgments of both genders about consensual sex of juveniles. Furthermore, the subjects integrated considerations from those very different stages also in contrast to the hypothesis that only a single stage was operative at any time. KW - Information Integration Theory KW - Kohlberg KW - moral judgment KW - cognition development Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-168487 VL - 15 IS - 3 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Stoeckel, M. Cornelia A1 - Esser, Roland W. A1 - Gamer, Matthias A1 - Büchel, Christian A1 - von Leupoldt, Andreas T1 - Brain Responses during the Anticipation of Dyspnea JF - Neural Plasticity N2 - Dyspnea is common in many cardiorespiratory diseases. Already the anticipation of this aversive symptom elicits fear in many patients resulting in unfavorable health behaviors such as activity avoidance and sedentary lifestyle. This study investigated brain mechanisms underlying these anticipatory processes. We induced dyspnea using resistive-load breathing in healthy subjects during functional magnetic resonance imaging. Blocks of severe and mild dyspnea alternated, each preceded by anticipation periods. Severe dyspnea activated a network of sensorimotor, cerebellar, and limbic areas. The left insular, parietal opercular, and cerebellar cortices showed increased activation already during dyspnea anticipation. Left insular and parietal opercular cortex showed increased connectivity with right insular and anterior cingulate cortex when severe dyspnea was anticipated, while the cerebellum showed increased connectivity with the amygdala. Notably, insular activation during dyspnea perception was positively correlated with midbrain activation during anticipation. Moreover, anticipatory fear was positively correlated with anticipatory activation in right insular and anterior cingulate cortex. The results demonstrate that dyspnea anticipation activates brain areas involved in dyspnea perception. The involvement of emotion-related areas such as insula, anterior cingulate cortex, and amygdala during dyspnea anticipation most likely reflects anticipatory fear and might underlie the development of unfavorable health behaviors in patients suffering from dyspnea. KW - brain response KW - dyspnea KW - cardiorespiratory disease KW - anticipation Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166238 VL - 2016 IS - 6434987 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Mavratzakis, Aimee A1 - Herbert, Cornelia A1 - Walla, Peter T1 - Emotional facial expressions evoke faster orienting responses, but weaker emotional responses at neural and behavioural levels compared to scenes: a simultaneous EEG and facial EMG study JF - NeuroImage N2 - In the current study, electroencephalography (EEG) was recorded simultaneously with facial electromyography (fEMG) to determine whether emotional faces and emotional scenes are processed differently at the neural level. In addition, it was investigated whether these differences can be observed at the behavioural level via spontaneous facial muscle activity. Emotional content of the stimuli did not affect early P1 activity. Emotional faces elicited enhanced amplitudes of the face-sensitive N170 component, while its counterpart, the scene-related N100, was not sensitive to emotional content of scenes. At 220-280 ms, the early posterior negativity (EPN) was enhanced only slightly for fearful as compared to neutral or happy faces. However, its amplitudes were significantly enhanced during processing of scenes with positive content, particularly over the right hemisphere. Scenes of positive content also elicited enhanced spontaneous zygomatic activity from 500-750 ms onwards, while happy faces elicited no such changes. Contrastingly, both fearful faces and negative scenes elicited enhanced spontaneous corrugator activity at 500-750 ms after stimulus onset. However, relative to baseline EMG changes occurred earlier for faces (250 ms) than for scenes (500 ms) whereas for scenes activity changes were more pronounced over the whole viewing period. Taking into account all effects, the data suggests that emotional facial expressions evoke faster attentional orienting, but weaker affective neural activity and emotional behavioural responses compared to emotional scenes. KW - Emotion KW - Affective processing KW - Faces and scenes KW - Electroencephalography KW - Spontaneous facial EMG KW - N170 KW - N100 KW - Early posterior negativity Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-191535 VL - 124 IS - Part A ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Miralles, Felip A1 - Vargiu, Eloisa A1 - Dauwalder, Stefan A1 - Solà, Marc A1 - Müller-Putz, Gernot A1 - Wriessnegger, Selina C. A1 - Pinegger, Andreas A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Halder, Sebastian A1 - Käthner, Ivo A1 - Martin, Suzanne A1 - Daly, Jean A1 - Armstrong, Elaine A1 - Guger, Christoph A1 - Hintermüller, Christoph A1 - Lowish, Hannah T1 - Brain computer interface on track to home. JF - The Scientific World Journal N2 - The novel BackHome system offers individuals with disabilities a range of useful services available via brain-computer interfaces (BCIs), to help restore their independence. This is the time such technology is ready to be deployed in the real world, that is, at the target end users’ home. This has been achieved by the development of practical electrodes, easy to use software, and delivering telemonitoring and home support capabilities which have been conceived, implemented, and tested within a user-centred design approach. The final BackHome system is the result of a 3-year long process involving extensive user engagement to maximize effectiveness, reliability, robustness, and ease of use of a home based BCI system. The system is comprised of ergonomic and hassle-free BCI equipment; one-click software services for Smart Home control, cognitive stimulation, and web browsing; and remote telemonitoring and home support tools to enable independent home use for nonexpert caregivers and users. BackHome aims to successfully bring BCIs to the home of people with limited mobility to restore their independence and ultimately improve their quality of life. KW - brain computer interface KW - disability KW - limited mobility KW - independence Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-149575 VL - 2015 IS - 623896 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Seibt, Beate A1 - Mühlberger, Andreas A1 - Likowski, Katja U. A1 - Weyers, Peter T1 - Facial mimicry in its social setting JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - In interpersonal encounters, individuals often exhibit changes in their own facial expressions in response to emotional expressions of another person. Such changes are often called facial mimicry. While this tendency first appeared to be an automatic tendency of the perceiver to show the same emotional expression as the sender, evidence is now accumulating that situation, person, and relationship jointly determine whether and for which emotions such congruent facial behavior is shown. We review the evidence regarding the moderating influence of such factors on facial mimicry with a focus on understanding the meaning of facial responses to emotional expressions in a particular constellation. From this, we derive recommendations for a research agenda with a stronger focus on the most common forms of encounters, actual interactions with known others, and on assessing potential mediators of facial mimicry. We conclude that facial mimicry is modulated by many factors: attention deployment and sensitivity, detection of valence, emotional feelings, and social motivations. We posit that these are the more proximal causes of changes in facial mimicry due to changes in its social setting. KW - cultural differences KW - political leaders KW - mimicry KW - cooperation KW - self-focused attention KW - emotional empathy KW - nonconscious mimicry KW - expressive displays KW - gender differences KW - speech anxiety KW - behavior KW - responses KW - facial expression KW - EMG KW - competition KW - mood Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-151415 VL - 6 IS - 1122 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Käthner, Ivo A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Halder, Sebastian T1 - Comparison of eye tracking, electrooculography and an auditory brain-computer interface for binary communication: a case study with a participant in the locked-in state JF - Journal of NeuroEngineering and Rehabilitation N2 - Background In this study, we evaluated electrooculography (EOG), an eye tracker and an auditory brain-computer interface (BCI) as access methods to augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). The participant of the study has been in the locked-in state (LIS) for 6 years due to amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. He was able to communicate with slow residual eye movements, but had no means of partner independent communication. We discuss the usability of all tested access methods and the prospects of using BCIs as an assistive technology. Methods Within four days, we tested whether EOG, eye tracking and a BCI would allow the participant in LIS to make simple selections. We optimized the parameters in an iterative procedure for all systems. Results The participant was able to gain control over all three systems. Nonetheless, due to the level of proficiency previously achieved with his low-tech AAC method, he did not consider using any of the tested systems as an additional communication channel. However, he would consider using the BCI once control over his eye muscles would no longer be possible. He rated the ease of use of the BCI as the highest among the tested systems, because no precise eye movements were required; but also as the most tiring, due to the high level of attention needed to operate the BCI. Conclusions In this case study, the partner based communication was possible due to the good care provided and the proficiency achieved by the interlocutors. To ease the transition from a low-tech AAC method to a BCI once control over all muscles is lost, it must be simple to operate. For persons, who rely on AAC and are affected by a progressive neuromuscular disease, we argue that a complementary approach, combining BCIs and standard assistive technology, can prove valuable to achieve partner independent communication and ease the transition to a purely BCI based approach. Finally, we provide further evidence for the importance of a user-centered approach in the design of new assistive devices. KW - eye tracking KW - electrooculography KW - auditory brain-computer interface Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-145305 VL - 12 IS - 76 ER - TY - THES A1 - Campbell, Marlen Jamie-Lee T1 - Organizational cultures’ impact on employees’ corruption T1 - Der Einfluß von Organisationskultur auf die Korruption von Mitarbeitern N2 - Although many researchers refer to organizational culture as the key to explain employees' organizational corruption (= corruption on behalf of the organization), literature lacks systematic empirical evidence. Through a mixed-method approach this research tries to shed some first lights on this issue with the questions: what characteristics describe an organizational culture that promotes employees' corruption? Does a certain type of organizational culture shape a positive attitude towards organizational corruption? Does organizational culture differ in its impact on different types of corruption? Does organizational culture interact with employees’ sex to promote employees’ corruption? And, is there a main effect of sex on corruption? A qualitative study investigates the characteristics of a corrupt organizational culture in both general and in particular for managers and employees (Study 1). 14 experts of different occupations were asked about underlying assumptions, values, and norms of a corrupt organizational culture coding the frequency and relationship of their answers. The results showed specific underlying assumptions, values, and norms that were shared by the interviewees and provide first insights into their interrelatedness. In addition, the quantitative field survey (Study 2) analyzed if a corrupt organizational culture shapes a positive attitude towards organizational corruption and if both tangible rewards and lax control mechanism mediate this impact. 131 participants answered questionnaires about their perceived competition in their industry, tangible rewards, lax control mechanism, and their attitude towards both gifting and bribery. Results showed that lax control mechanism (and for gifting also tangible rewards) mediated the positive impact of a corrupt organizational culture on organizational corruption. In addition, men and women did not differ in their attitude towards organizational corruption in a corrupt organizational culture. Finally a web-based experiment investigates if organizational culture shapes employees' corruption (Study 3). In addition this approach also covers if the impact of organizational culture on corruption depends on the type of corruption (organizational corruption vs. counterproductive), and if employees’ sex influence corruption and if there is an interaction of organizational culture and sex on employees’ corruption. 563 participants had to decide whether they engage in corruption. Although a corrupt organizational culture raises both types of corruption, there was neither a notable main effect of sex nor a high impact interaction effect of both on both types of corruption. Thus, aspects of a corrupt organizational culture seem to influence employees' corruption. N2 - Obwohl Organisationskultur von vielen Wissenschaftlern als eine Schlüsseldeterminante gesehen wird um organisationale Korruption (= Korruption im Sinne der Organisation) zu erklären, fehlt es in der fachwissenschaftlichen Literatur an systematischen empiristischen Belegen: Welche Eigenschaften zeichnen eine korruptionsfördernde Organisationskultur aus? Kann ein bestimmter Typ von Organisationskultur eine positive Einstellung gegenüber organisationaler Korruption formen? Und schließlich: unterscheiden sich die Einflussfaktoren für Korruption zwischen verschiedenen Korruptionstypen? Durch die Anwendung verschiedenere methodischer Zugänge versucht diese wissenschaftliche Arbeit erste Antworten in diesem Forschungsfeld zu geben. Gibt es eine Interaktion zwischen dem Geschlecht der Mitarbeiter und der Organisationskultur und unterscheiden sich Männer und Frauen in ihrem korrupten Verhalten? Zunächst werden anhand einer qualitativen Analyse von 14 Experteninterviews grundlegende Charakteristiken einer Organisationskultur in korrupten Organisationen analysiert (Studie 1). Die Experten aus verschiedenen Berufsfeldern wurden zu ihrer Wahrnehmung der Organisationskultur von verschiedenen korrupten Organisationen befragt. Die Ergebnisse zeigten, dass es spezifische unbewusste Annahmen, Werte und Normen gibt, die von den verschiedenen Experten berichtet worden sind. Diese Studie ermöglicht erste Einblicke in die Wirkung der und Verbindungen zwischen den von den Experten wahrgenommenen Normen, Werten und Annahmen. Weiterführend analysierte eine Feldstudie (Studie 2), ob eine korrupte Organisationskultur eine positive Wirkung auf die Einstellung von Mitarbeitern zu organisationale Korruption hat. Weiter wurde untersucht, ob konkrete antizipierte Belohnungen und laxe Kontrollmechanismen bei der Aufgabenerfüllungen den Effekt der korrupten Organisationskultur auf organisationale Korruption mediieren. 131 Probanden beantworteten verschiedene Fragebögen zu ihrer Wahrnehmung von Wettbewerb in ihrer Branche, laxe Kontrollmechanismen von Korruption, zu konkreten Belohnungen in ihrer Organisation und zu ihrer Einstellung zu Geschenke und Bestechung. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass es einen Haupteffekt von der korrupten Organisationskultur auf organisationale Korruption vorhanden ist, dass dieser durch konkrete Belohnungen und laxe Kontrollmechanismen (bei Geschenken) und durch laxe Kontrollmechanismen (bei Bestechung) mediiert wird. Männer und Frauen unterscheiden sich in einer korrupten Organisationskultur nicht hinsichtlich ihrer Einstellung zur Korruption. Abschließend analysiert Studie 3 als web-basiertes Experiment, ob sich die Organisationskultur auf Korruption auswirkt. 563 Probanden spielten einen männlichen oder weiblichen Angestellten, welcher entweder in einer ethischen oder korrupten Organisationskultur in einer fiktiven Organisation arbeitet. Alle Teilnehmer mussten sich in der Rolle entscheiden, ob er oder sie in verschiedenen Arten von Korruption (organisationale vs. kontraproduktive Korruption) aktiv werden will. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass eine korrupte Organisationskultur einen ähnlich positiven Einfluss auf beide Typen von Korruption hatte. Das Geschlecht hatte weder einen nennenswert signifikanten oder keinen Einfluss auf die Annahme der Korruption. Darüber hinaus gab es keine Interaktion zwischen Geschlecht und Organisationskultur für beide Typen der Korruption. KW - Korruption KW - Organisationskultur KW - Organisationspsychologie KW - organisationale Korruption KW - Korruption von Mitarbeitern KW - korrupte Organisationskultur KW - organizational corruption KW - employees' corruption KW - corrupt organizational culture KW - corruption KW - Organisation Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-123251 ER - TY - THES A1 - Holz, Elisa Mira T1 - Systematic evaluation of non-invasive brain-computer interfaces as assistive devices for persons with severe motor impairment based on a user-centred approach – in controlled settings and independent use T1 - Systematische Evaluation nicht-invasiver Gehirn-Computer Schnittstellen als Hilfsmittel für Personen mit schweren motorischen Einschränkungen auf Basis eines nutzerzentrierten Ansatzes – im kontrollierten Setting und experten-unabhängigen Gebrauch N2 - Brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) are devices that translate signals from the brain into control commands for applications. Within the last twenty years, BCI applications have been developed for communication, environmental control, entertainment, and substitution of motor functions. Since BCIs provide muscle independent communication and control of the environment by circumventing motor pathways, they are considered as assistive technologies for persons with neurological and neurodegenerative diseases leading to motor paralysis, such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), muscular dystrophy, spinal muscular atrophy and stroke (Kübler, Kotchoubey, Kaiser, Wolpaw, & Birbaumer, 2001). Although most researcher mention persons with severe motor impairment as target group for their BCI systems, most studies include healthy participants and studies including potential BCI end-users are sparse. Thus, there is a substantial lack of studies that investigate whether results obtained in healthy participants can be transferred to patients with neurodegenerative diseases. This clearly shows that BCI research faces a translational gap between intense BCI research and bringing BCI applications to end-users outside the lab (Kübler, Mattia, Rupp, & Tangermann, 2013). Translational studies are needed that investigate whether BCIs can be successfully used by severely disabled end-users and whether those end-users would accept BCIs as assistive devices. Another obvious discrepancy exists between a plethora of short-term studies and a sparse number of long-term studies. BCI research thus also faces a reliability gap (Kübler, Mattia, et al., 2013). Most studies present only one BCI session, however the few studies that include several testing sessions indicate high inter- and intra-individual variance in the end-users’ performance due to non-stationarity of signals. Long-term studies, however, are needed to demonstrate whether a BCI can be reliably used as assistive device over a longer period of time in the daily-life of a person. Therefore there is also a great need for reliability studies. The purpose of the present thesis was to address these research gaps and to bring BCIs closer to end-users in need, especially into their daily-lives, following a user-centred design (UCD). The UCD was suggested as theoretical framework for bringing BCIs to end-users by Kübler and colleagues (Kübler et al., 2014; Zickler et al., 2011). This approach aims at the close and iterative interaction between BCI developers and end-users with the final goal to develop BCI systems that are accepted as assistive devices by end-users. The UCD focuses on usability, that is, how well a BCI technology matches the purpose and meets the needs and requirements of the targeted end-users and was standardized with the ISO 9241-210. Within the UCD framework, usability of a device can be defined with regard to its effectiveness, efficiency and satisfaction. These aspects were operationalized by Kübler and colleagues to evaluate BCI-controlled applications. As suggested by Vaughan and colleagues, the number of BCI sessions, the total usage duration and the impact of the BCI on the life of the person can be considered as indicators of usefulness of the BCI in long-term daily-life use (Vaughan, Sellers, & Wolpaw, 2012). These definitions and metrics for usability and usefulness were applied for evaluating BCI applications as assistive devices in controlled settings and independent use. Three different BCI applications were tested and evaluated by in total N=10 end-users: In study 1 a motor-imagery (MI) based BCI for gaming was tested by four end-users with severe motor impairment. In study 2, a hybrid P300 event-related (ERP) based BCI for communication was tested by four severely motor restricted end-users with severe motor impairment. Study 1 and 2 are short-term studies conducted in a controlled-setting. In study 3 a P300-ERP BCI for creative expression was installed for long-term independent use at the homes of two end-users in the locked-in state. Both end-users are artists who had gradually lost the ability to paint after being diagnosed with ALS. Results reveal that BCI controlled devices are accepted as assistive devices. Main obstacles for daily-life use were the not very aesthetic design of the EEG-cap and electrodes (cap is eye-catching and looks medical), low comfort (cables disturb, immobility, electrodes press against head if lying on a head cushion), complicated and time-consuming adjustment, low efficiency and low effectiveness, and not very high reliability (many influencing factors). While effectiveness and efficiency in the MI based BCI were lower compared to applications using the P300-ERP as input channel, the MI controlled gaming application was nevertheless better accepted by the end-users and end-users would rather like to use it compared to the communication applications. Thus, malfunctioning and errors, low speed, and the EEG cap are rather tolerated in gaming applications, compared to communication devices. Since communication is essential for daily-life, it has to be fast and reliable. BCIs for communication, at the current state of the art, are not considered competitive with other assistive devices, if other devices, such as eye-gaze, are still an option. However BCIs might be an option when controlling an application for entertainment in daily-life, if communication is still available. Results demonstrate that BCI is adopted in daily-life if it matches the end-users needs and requirements. Brain Painting serves as best representative, as it matches the artists’ need for creative expression. Caveats such as uncomfortable cap, dependence on others for set-up, and experienced low control are tolerated and do not prevent BCI use on a daily basis. Also end-users in real need of means for communication, such as persons in the locked-in state with unreliable eye-movement or no means for independent communication, do accept obstacles of the BCI, as it is the last or only solution to communicate or control devices. Thus, these aspects are “no real obstacles” but rather “challenges” that do not prevent end-users to use the BCI in their daily-lives. For instance, one end-user, who uses a BCI in her daily-life, stated: “I don’t care about aesthetic design of EEG cap and electrodes nor amplifier”. Thus, the question is not which system is superior to the other, but which system is best for an individual user with specific symptoms, needs, requirements, existing assistive solutions, support by caregivers/family etc.; it is thereby a question of indication. These factors seem to be better “predictors” for adoption of a BCI in daily-life, than common usability criterions such as effectiveness or efficiency. The face valid measures of daily-life demonstrate that BCI-controlled applications can be used in daily-life for more than 3 years, with high satisfaction for the end-users, without experts being present and despite a decrease in the amplitude of the P300 signal. Brain Painting re-enabled both artists to be creatively active in their home environment and thus improved their feelings of happiness, usefulness, self-esteem, well-being, and consequently quality of life and supports social inclusion. This thesis suggests that BCIs are valuable tools for people in the locked-in state. N2 - Gehirn-Computer Schnittstellen (engl. Brain-computer interfaces, Abk.: BCIs) sind technische Systeme, die Gehirnsignale in Kontrollbefehle für Computeranwendungen übersetzen. In den vergangenen zwanzig Jahren wurden verschiedenste BCI Anwendungen entwickelt, beispielsweise zur Kommunikation, Umweltsteuerung, Unterhaltung und Ersatz von Motorfunktionen. Da BCIs muskelunabhängige Kommunikation und Kontrolle ermöglichen, werden sie als mögliche Hilfsmittel für Personen mit neurologischen und neurodegenerativen Krankheiten, die zu motorischen Lähmungen führen, wie beispielsweise bei Amyotrophe Lateralsklerose (ALS), Muskeldystrophie, Spinale Muskelatrophie und Schlaganfall, in Betracht gezogen (Kübler, Kotchoubey, et al., 2001). Auch wenn die meisten BCI Forscher Personen mit starken motorischen Einschränkungen als Zielgruppe für ihre BCI Systeme angeben, so testen sie ihre Systeme nur in Stichproben von gesunden Probanden. BCI Studien, die Patienten einschließen, sind dagegen selten. Daher gibt es einen beträchtlichen Mangel an Studien, die untersuchen, ob die Forschungsergebnisse, die basierend auf einer gesunden Stichprobe verzeichnet wurden, auch auf Patienten mit neurodegenerativen Erkrankungen übertragen werden können. Das macht deutlich, dass es in der BCI Forschung eine erhebliche Translationslücke zwischen der intensiven BCI Grundlagenforschung und dem Transfer von BCI Anwendungen aus dem Labor zu den Patienten, den sogenannten BCI End-Nutzern, gibt (Kübler, Mattia, et al., 2013). Es werden deshalb Translationsstudien benötigt, die untersuchen, ob BCIs von stark motorisch eingeschränkten Patienten verwendet werden können und ob diese sogenannten End-Nutzer BCIs als Hilfsmittel akzeptieren. Zusätzlich ist eine deutliche Diskrepanz zwischen der Vielzahl an Kurzzeitstudien und der geringen Anzahl an Langzeitstudien zu verzeichnen. BCI Forschung ist daher auch mit einer Reliabilitätslücke konfrontiert (Kübler, Mattia, et al., 2013). Die meisten Studien basieren nur auf einer BCI Sitzung, jedoch zeigen die wenigen Studien, die auf mehreren Sitzungen beruhen, hohe inter- und intraindividuelle Varianz in der Performanz der Patienten. Langzeitzeitstudien werden daher benötigt, um aufzuzeigen, ob ein BCI reliabel als Hilfsmittel über einen längeren Zeitraum im Alltagsleben eines Patienten verwendet werden kann. Demzufolge gibt es einen starken Bedarf an Translations- und Reliabilitätsstudien. Das Anliegen der vorliegenden Dissertation war es, diesen Forschungslücken zu begegnen und, basierend auf einem nutzerzentrierten Vorgehen, BCIs näher zu den BCI End-Nutzern zu bringen, besonders in ihr Alltagsleben. Der nutzerzentrierte Ansatz wurde von Kübler und Kollegen (Kübler et al., 2014; Zickler et al., 2011) als theoretisches Gerüst nahegelegt, um BCIs näher zu Patienten zu bringen. Dieser Ansatz beabsichtigt eine enge und iterative Interaktion zwischen BCI Entwicklern und den End-Nutzern mit dem finalen Ziel BCI Systeme zu entwickeln, die von den End-Nutzern als Hilfsmittel akzeptiert werden. Der nutzerzentrierte Ansatz fokussiert auf die Benutzbarkeit, das heißt, wie gut eine BCI Technologie den Bedürfnissen und den Ansprüchen der Zielgruppe entspricht. Dieser Ansatz wurde standardisiert mit dem ISO 9241-210. Demnach ist die Benutzbarkeit eines Gerätes definiert hinsichtlich der Effektivität, Effizienz, und Zufriedenheit. Um BCI Systeme zu evaluieren, wurden diese Aspekte von Kübler und Kollegen operationalisiert. Nach Vaughan und Kollegen können die Anzahl der BCI Sitzungen, die Gesamtnutzungsdauer und der Einfluss eines BCIs auf die Lebensqualität einer Person als Indikatoren der Nützlichkeit eines BCI betrachtet werden (Vaughan et al., 2012). Diese Definitionen und entsprechenden Operationalisierungen wurden in dieser Dissertation verwendet, um BCI Anwendungen hinsichtlich ihrer Benutzbarkeit und Nützlichkeit als Hilfsmittel zu evaluieren. N=10 End-Nutzer testeten und evaluierten drei BCI Anwendungen: In Studie 1 wurde ein auf Bewegungsvorstellung basiertes BCI (engl. motor imagery, Abk: MI) zur Steuerung einer Spielanwendung von vier potentiellen End-Nutzern mit unterschiedlichen neurologischen Erkrankungen getestet. In Studie 2 wurde ein Hybrid BCI, das das P300 ereignis-korrelierte Potential (EKP) und Muskelaktivität als Inputkanäle zur Steuerung eines Kommunikationsprogramms verwendet, von vier potentiellen End-Nutzern getestet. Studie 1 und 2 sind Kurzzeitstudien, welche in einem kontrollierten Design durchgeführt wurden. In Studie 3 wurde ein P300-EKP basiertes BCI zum künstlerischen Ausdruck bei zwei End-Nutzern zuhause für einen experten-unabhängigen und längerfristigen Gebrauch implementiert. Beide End-Nutzer sind Künstler, die, aufgrund der Diagnose ALS und der damit verbundenen fast kompletten körperlichen Lähmung (Locked-in Zustand), nicht mehr in der Lage waren zu malen (Studie 3). Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass BCI Systeme als Hilfsmittel akzeptiert werden. Das nicht sehr ästhetische Design der EEG-Kappe und der Elektroden (Kappe zu auffällig, sieht medizinisch aus), der geringe Komfort (Kabel stören, Immobilität, Elektroden drücken gegen den Kopf), die komplizierte und zeitaufwändige Einstellung und Anpassung, die geringe Effizienz und geringe Effektivität und die nicht sehr hohe Reliabilität (viele Einflussfaktoren), wurden jedoch für einen Alltagsgebrauch als problematisch angesehen. Obwohl die Effektivität und Effizienz beim MI BCI geringer, verglichen mit beiden P300-EKP BCI Systemen, waren, wurde das MI basierte BCI-Spiel von den End-Nutzern besser akzeptiert und die End-Nutzer konnten sich eher vorstellen es im Alltag zu verwenden, als das Kommunikationsprogramm. Das zeigt, dass Störungen und Fehler, eine geringe Geschwindigkeit, und die EEG Kappe bei BCI Systemen zur Unterhaltung eher toleriert werden, als bei Systemen zur Kommunikation. Da Kommunikation im Leben essentiell ist, muss sie schnell und zuverlässig sein. BCI Systeme zur Kommunikation sind daher zum aktuellen Stand der Technik nicht konkurrenzfähig mit anderen Hilfsmitteln, wenn andere Hilfsmittel zur Kommunikation, wie Augensteuerung, verwendet werden können. BCI Systeme sind aber eine Option im Bereich Unterhaltung, sofern Möglichkeiten zur Kommunikation (noch) bestehen. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass ein BCI für einen Alltagsgebrauch übernommen wird, wenn es den Bedürfnissen und Anforderungen des End-Nutzers entspricht. Brain Painting zeigt hierbei beispielhaft, wie negative Facetten, wie die wenig komfortable EEG Kappe, die Abhängigkeit von anderen aufgrund der komplexen Einstellung, und eine subjektiv empfundene geringe Kontrolle toleriert werden, da es genau den Bedürfnissen der Künstler sich kreativ auszudrücken entspricht. Ebenso Patienten, die Bedarf an Kommunikation haben, wie Patienten im Locked-in Zustand, die keine zuverlässigen Augen-Bewegungen aufweisen, oder Patienten, die keine Hilfsmittel zur unabhängigen Kommunikation haben, akzeptieren diese Umstände beim BCI Gebrauch. Das zeigt, dass diese Umstände keine richtigen „Hindernisse“, sondern vielmehr Herausforderungen sind, die eine Übernahme eines BCI im Alltag eines Patienten nicht verhindern. Es ist daher nicht die Frage, welches BCI System überlegen ist, sondern welches BCI System das Beste für ein Individuum mit spezifischen Symptomen, Bedürfnissen, Ansprüchen, vorhandenen Hilfsmitteln, Unterstützung durch Familie und Pflegern, ist; es ist deshalb eine Frage der Indikation. Eine End-Nutzerin, die ein BCI im Alltag verwendet, sagte beispielsweise: „Mir ist das ästhetische Design der EEG-Kappe und der Elektroden, oder des EEG-Verstärkers völlig egal“. Diese Faktoren können als die besten “Prädiktoren” für eine Übernahme eines BCI Systems im Alltag eines Patienten angesehen werden, weniger hingegen die üblichen Kriterien zur Bewertung der Benutzbarkeit, wie Effektivität und Effizienz. Die Ergebnisse hinsichtlich des Alltagsgebrauches belegen ferner, dass ein P300-EKP basiertes BCI mit hoher Zufriedenheit über einen Zeitraum von 3 Jahren, ohne die Hilfe eines BCI Experten, und trotz einer Abnahme der Amplitude des P300-Signales verwendet werden kann. Brain Painting ermöglichte beiden Künstlern sich wieder kreativ auszudrücken und beeinflusste somit positiv das Empfinden von Freude, das Gefühl von Nützlichkeit, das Selbstwertgefühl, das Wohlbefinden und folglich die Lebensqualität der Künstler und förderte ihre soziale Inklusion. Die vorliegende Dissertation zeigt, dass BCIs wertvolle Hilfsmittel für Personen im Locked-in Zustand sein können. KW - Gehirn-Computer-Schnittstelle KW - Benutzerfreundlichkeit KW - brain-computer interface KW - evaluation KW - Evaluation KW - usability KW - Benutzerfreundlichkeit/ Benutzbarkeit KW - assistive device KW - Hilfsmittel KW - user-centred design KW - nutzerzentrierter Ansatz Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-126334 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Simon, Nadine A1 - Käthner, Ivo A1 - Ruf, Carolin A. A1 - Pasqualotto, Emanuele A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Halder, Sebastian T1 - An auditory multiclass brain-computer interface with natural stimuli: Usability evaluation with healthy participants and a motor impaired end user JF - Frontiers in Human Neuroscience N2 - Brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) can serve as muscle independent communication aids. Persons, who are unable to control their eye muscles (e.g., in the completely locked-in state) or have severe visual impairments for other reasons, need BCI systems that do not rely on the visual modality. For this reason, BCIs that employ auditory stimuli were suggested. In this study, a multiclass BCI spelling system was implemented that uses animal voices with directional cues to code rows and columns of a letter matrix. To reveal possible training effects with the system, 11 healthy participants performed spelling tasks on 2 consecutive days. In a second step, the system was tested by a participant with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) in two sessions. In the first session, healthy participants spelled with an average accuracy of 76% (3.29 bits/min) that increased to 90% (4.23 bits/min) on the second day. Spelling accuracy by the participant with ALS was 20% in the first and 47% in the second session. The results indicate a strong training effect for both the healthy participants and the participant with ALS. While healthy participants reached high accuracies in the first session and second session, accuracies for the participant with ALS were not sufficient for satisfactory communication in both sessions. More training sessions might be needed to improve spelling accuracies. The study demonstrated the feasibility of the auditory BCI with healthy users and stresses the importance of training with auditory multiclass BCIs, especially for potential end-users of BCI with disease. KW - P300 KW - EEG KW - auditory BCI KW - brain-computer interface KW - communication KW - ALS Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-126450 VL - 8 IS - 1039 ER - TY - THES A1 - Erlbeck, Helena T1 - The event-related potentials Mismatch Negativity, P300, and N400: Effects of attentional modulation and application in patients with disorders of consciousness T1 - Die ereigniskorrelierten Potentiale Mismatch Negativity, P300, und N400: Effekte von Aufmerksamkeitsmodulation und Anwendung in Patienten mit Störungen des Bewusstseins N2 - The present work comprises four studies dealing with the investigation of the auditory event-related potentials (ERP) Mismatch Negativity (MMN), P300, and N400 under different attentional instructions, and with their application in patients with disorders of consciousness (DOC) to assess residual cognitive functioning. In guided interviews (study 1), practitioners working with DOC patients stated their general interest in and an objective need for the complementation of current diagnostic procedures by reliable and valid ERP-based methods. Subsequently, in study 2, simple oddball and semantic paradigms were applied to 19 behaviorally non-responsive DOC patients revealing the presence of at least one ERP in eight patients investigated. In the third and fourth study, specific attentional effects on ERPs were investigated in healthy participants to define optimal instructions and stimulus parameters. In study 3, MMN and N400 amplitudes were assessed in 18 participants, and in study 4, MMN and P300 amplitudes were assessed in 32 participants. Both studies included an ignore task (attention on simultaneous visual stimuli), a passive task, and a focused task and revealed distinct attentional effects on P300 and N400 with largest amplitudes in the focused task, smaller ones in the passive task and no ERP in the ignore task. An MMN was elicited in all tasks, but still, amplitudes differed as a function of task. In addition, study 4 included oddball paradigms comprising several deviants in different dimensions. Higher amplitudes were found in this multifeature paradigm compared to traditional oddball paradigms and larger amplitudes were elicited by deviants highly different from standards. It is concluded that ERPs represent a promising tool to complement clinical assessment of DOC patients. Application of ERP paradigms should include focused instructions, especially when using semantic material. Furthermore, multifeature paradigms have been proven especially useful eliciting large amplitudes and allowing for the investigation of several dimensions of deviants at the same time. N2 - Die vorliegende Arbeit beinhaltet vier Studien, die die auditorischen ereigniskorrelierten Potentiale (EKP) Mismatch Negativität (MMN), P300, und N400 unter verschiedenen Instruktionen untersuchen, und deren Anwendung bei Patienten mit Bewusstseinsstörungen darstellen. In Studie 1 äußerten neurologische Fachärzte in Leitfadeninterviews ein generelles Interesse und eine objektive Notwendigkeit der Ergänzung bisheriger diagnostischer Vorgehensweisen durch EKP-basierte Methoden. In Studie 2 wurden 19 motorisch nicht-responsiven Patienten verschiedene Stimuli in Form einfacher Oddball-Paradigmen und semantischen Materials dargeboten und es konnte in acht Patienten mindestens ein EKP nachgewiesen wer-den. Studie 3 und 4 dienten der Untersuchung spezifischer Aufmerksamkeitseffekte auf EKPs in Gesunden, um optimale Instruktionen und Stimulusparameter zu definieren. Es wurden jeweils MMN und N400 in 18 Teilnehmern und MMN und P300 in 32 Teilnehmern untersucht. Beide Studien enthielten eine Ablenkungsaufgabe (simultane visuelle Reize), eine passive und eine fokussierte Aufgabe und zeigten deutliche Aufgabeneffekte auf P300 und N400. Die höchsten Amplituden wurden in der fokussierten Aufgabe ausgelöst, kleinere in der passiven und kein EKP in der Ablenkungsaufgabe. Eine MMN wurde in allen Aufgaben ausgelöst, aber auch hier unterschieden sich die Amplituden in Abhängigkeit der Aufgabe. Studie 4 ent-hielt außerdem ein Oddball mit mehreren abweichenden Tönen in vier Dimensionen. Dieses erzielte höhere Amplituden als das klassische Oddball mit nur einem abweichenden Ton. Hö-here Amplituden wurden von abweichenden Tönen ausgelöst, welche sich stark vom Standardton unterschieden. EKPs stellen ein vielversprechendes Instrument zur Ergänzung klini-scher Diagnosen bewusstseinsgestörter Patienten dar. Es sollte auf eindeutig zu differenzierende abweichende Reize und bei semantischen Material auf fokussierte Instruktionen zurückgegriffen werden. Paradigmen mit verschiedenen abweichenden Tönen können aufgrund höherer Amplituden und eines umfassenden Reizverarbeitungsprofils besonders nützlich sein. KW - event-related potentials KW - attention KW - ereigniskorrelierte Potentiale KW - Aufmerksamkeit KW - disorders of consciousness KW - Bewusstseinsstörungen KW - Bewusstseinsstörung KW - Ereigniskorreliertes Potenzial KW - Bewusstsein Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-121041 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kleih, Sonja C. A1 - Herweg, Andreas A1 - Kaufmann, Tobias A1 - Staiger-Sälzer, Pit A1 - Gerstner, Natascha A1 - Kübler, Andrea T1 - The WIN-speller: a new intuitive auditory brain-computer interface spelling application JF - Frontiers in Neuroscience N2 - The objective of this study was to test the usability of a new auditory Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) application for communication. We introduce a word based, intuitive auditory spelling paradigm the WIN-speller. In the WIN-speller letters are grouped by words, such as the word KLANG representing the letters A, G, K, L, and N. Thereby, the decoding step between perceiving a code and translating it to the stimuli it represents becomes superfluous. We tested 11 healthy volunteers and four end-users with motor impairment in the copy spelling mode. Spelling was successful with an average accuracy of 84% in the healthy sample. Three of the end-users communicated with average accuracies of 80% or higher while one user was not able to communicate reliably. Even though further evaluation is required, the WIN-speller represents a potential alternative for BCI based communication in end-users. KW - Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) KW - communication KW - P300 KW - motor-impaired end-user KW - auditory Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125972 VL - 9 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Eder, Andreas B. A1 - Deutsch, Roland T1 - Watch the target! Effects in the affective misattribution procedure become weaker (but not eliminated) when participants are motivated to provide accurate responses to the target JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Previous research showed that priming effects in the affective misattribution procedure (AMP) are unaffected by direct warnings to avoid an influence of the primes. The present research examined whether a priming influence is diminished by task procedures that encourage accurate judgments of the targets. Participants were motivated to categorize the affective meaning of nonsense targets accurately by being made to believe that a true word was presented in each trial and by providing feedback on (allegedly) incorrect responses. This condition produced robust priming effects. Priming was however reduced and less reliable relative to more typical AMP conditions in which participants guessed the meaning of openly presented nonsense targets. Affective judgments of nonsense targets were not affected by advance knowledge of the response mapping during the priming phase, which argues against a response-priming explanation of AMP effects. These findings show that affective primes influence evaluative judgments even in conditions in which the motivation to provide accurate responses is high and a priming of motor responses is not possible. Priming effects were however weaker with high accuracy motivation, suggesting that a focus on accurate judgments is an effective strategy to control for an unwanted priming influence in the AMP. KW - implicit attitude measurement KW - accuracy motivation KW - affect misattribution procedure KW - response priming Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125982 VL - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Sollfrank, Teresa A1 - Hart, Daniel A1 - Goodsell, Rachel A1 - Foster, Jonathan A1 - Tan, Tele T1 - 3D visualization of movements can amplify motor cortex activation during subsequent motor imagery JF - Frontiers in Human Neuroscience N2 - A repetitive movement practice by motor imagery (MI) can influence motor cortical excitability in the electroencephalogram (EEG). This study investigated if a realistic visualization in 3D of upper and lower limb movements can amplify motor related potentials during subsequent MI. We hypothesized that a richer sensory visualization might be more effective during instrumental conditioning, resulting in a more pronounced event related desynchronization (ERD) of the upper alpha band (10–12 Hz) over the sensorimotor cortices thereby potentially improving MI based brain-computer interface (BCI) protocols for motor rehabilitation. The results show a strong increase of the characteristic patterns of ERD of the upper alpha band components for left and right limb MI present over the sensorimotor areas in both visualization conditions. Overall, significant differences were observed as a function of visualization modality (VM; 2D vs. 3D). The largest upper alpha band power decrease was obtained during MI after a 3-dimensional visualization. In total in 12 out of 20 tasks the end-user of the 3D visualization group showed an enhanced upper alpha ERD relative to 2D VM group, with statistical significance in nine tasks.With a realistic visualization of the limb movements, we tried to increase motor cortex activation during subsequent MI. The feedback and the feedback environment should be inherently motivating and relevant for the learner and should have an appeal of novelty, real-world relevance or aesthetic value (Ryan and Deci, 2000; Merrill, 2007). Realistic visual feedback, consistent with the participant’s MI, might be helpful for accomplishing successful MI and the use of such feedback may assist in making BCI a more natural interface for MI based BCI rehabilitation. KW - 3-dimensional visualization KW - motor cortex activation KW - EEG KW - brain-computer interfaces Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-126058 VL - 9 IS - 463 ER - TY - THES A1 - Kastner, Anna Katharina T1 - Attention mechanisms in contextual anxiety and cued fear and their influence on processing of social cues T1 - Aufmerksamkeitsmechanismen bei kontextueller Angst und reizspezifischer Furcht und deren Einfluss auf die Verarbeitung von sozialen Reizen N2 - Anxiety is an affective state characterized by a sustained, long-lasting defensive response, induced by unpredictable, diffuse threat. In comparison, fear is a phasic response to predictable threat. Fear can be experimentally modeled with the help of cue conditioning. Context conditioning, in which the context serves as the best predictor of a threat due to the absence of any conditioned cues, is seen as an operationalization of sustained anxiety. This thesis used a differential context conditioning paradigm to examine sustained attention processes in a threat context compared to a safety context for the first time. In three studies, the attention mechanisms during the processing of contextual anxiety were examined by measuring heart rate responses and steady-state-visually evoked potentials (ssVEPs). An additional focus was set on the processing of social cues (i.e. faces) and the influence of contextual information on these cues. In a last step, the correlates of sustained anxiety were compared to evoked responses by phasic fear, which was realized in a previously established paradigm combining predictable and unpredictable threat. In the first study, a contextual stimulus was associated with an aversive loud noise, while a second context remained unpaired. This conditioning paradigm created an anxiety context (CTX+) and a safety context (CTX-). After acquisition, a social agent vs. an object was presented as a distractor in both contexts. Heart rate and cortical responses, with ssVEPs by using frequency tagging, to the contexts and the distractors were assessed. Results revealed enhanced ssVEP amplitudes for the CTX+ compared to the CTX− during acquisition and during presentation of distractor stimuli. Additionally, the heart rate was accelerated in the acquisition phase, followed by a heart rate deceleration as a psychophysiological marker of contextual anxiety. Study 2 used the same context conditioning paradigm as Study 1. In contrast to the first study, persons with different emotional facial expressions were presented in the anxiety and safety contexts in order to compare the differential processing of these cues within periods of threat and safety. A similar anxiety response was found in the second study, although only participants who Abstract VIII were aware of the contingency between contexts and aversive event showed a sensory amplification of the threat context, indicated by heart rate response and ssVEP activation. All faces irrespective of their emotional expression received increased attentional resources when presented within the anxiety context, which suggests a general hypervigilance in anxiety contexts. In the third study, the differentiation of predictable and unpredictable threat as an operationalization of fear and anxiety was examined on a cortical and physiological level. In the predictable condition, a social cue was paired with an aversive event, while in the unpredictable condition the aversive event remained unpaired with the respective cue. A fear response to the predictable cue was found, indicated by increased oscillatory response and accelerated heart rate. Both predictable and unpredictable threat yielded increased ssVEP amplitudes evoked by the context stimuli, while the response in the unpredictable context showed longer-lasting ssVEP activation to the threat context. To sum up, all three studies endorsed anxiety as a long-lasting defensive response. Due to the unpredictability of the aversive events, the individuals reacted with hypervigilance in the anxiety context, reflected in a facilitated processing of sensory information and an orienting response. This hypervigilance had an impact on the processing of novel cues, which appeared in the anxiety context. Considering the compared stimuli categories, the stimuli perceived in a state of anxiety received increased attentional resources, irrespective of the emotional arousal conveyed by the facial expression. Both predictable and unpredictable threat elicited sensory amplification of the contexts, while the response in the unpredictable context showed longer-lasting sensory facilitation of the threat context. N2 - Angst wird als ein langanhaltender Zustand, induziert durch eine unvorhersehbare, diffuse Bedro-hung, gesehen. Furcht hingegen wird als eine kürzere Reaktion auf einen spezifischen Bedrohungsreiz definiert. Diese phasische Reaktion kann durch Furchtkonditionierung induziert werden. Bei der Kontextkonditionierung hingegen wird durch die Abwesenheit vorhersagender Hinweisreize der Kontext zum besten Prädiktor für den aversiven Reiz und induziert dadurch eine chronische Erwartung der Bedrohung und einen langanhaltenden Angstzustand. Diese Promotionsarbeit präsentiert ein neu angepasstes differentielles Kontextkonditionierungspara-digma, welches implementiert wurde, um ein kontinuierliches Maß langanhaltender Angst im Be-drohungskontext zu erhalten. In drei Studien wurden Aufmerksamkeitsmechanismen mittels Erhebung von Herzrate und steady-state visuell evozierte Potentiale (ssVEPs) untersucht. Ein zusätzlicher Fokus lag in der Verarbeitung von sozialen Reizen (d.h. Gesichtern) und dem Einfluss von kontextuellen Informationen. Zusätzlich wurden mittels eines bereits etablierten Paradigma, welches die Vorhersagbarkeit von Bedrohungsreizen moduliert, die elektrokortikalen und physiologischen Korrelate von Angst mit Furchtreaktionen verglichen. In der ersten Studie wurde ein Kontextstimulus mit einem aversiven lauten unvorhersagbaren Geräusch assoziiert, während ein zweiter Kontextstimulus ungepaart blieb. In diesem differenti-ellen Paradigma entstanden so ein Angstkontext (CTX+) und ein Sicherheitskontext (CTX-). Nach der Akquisition wurden ein sozialer Agent und ein Objekt als Distraktoren in beiden Kontexten präsentiert. Die Herzrate und die kortikale Aktvierung mittels ssVEPs in Reaktion auf beide Kontexte und beide Distraktoren wurden gemessen. Die Ergebnisse zeigten erhöhte ssVEP-Amplituden in Reaktion auf den CTX+ im Vergleich zum CTX- während der Akquisitionsphase und der simultanen Präsentation der Distraktoren. Diese langanhaltende Angstreaktion wurde unterstützt durch Befunde von einer Akzeleration der Herzrate während der Konditionierungsphase und einer darauffolgenden Dezeleration im Angstkontext. Studie 2 verwendete dasselbe Kontextkonditionierungsparadigma wie die erste Studie, allerdings wurden hier Personen mit unterschiedlichen emotionalen Gesichtsausdrücken als Distraktoren Zusammenfassung X im Angst- und Sicherheitskontext präsentiert, um die differentielle Verarbeitung von emotionalen Reizen innerhalb von Phasen der Angst und Sicherheit zu untersuchen. Es konnte eine ähnliche Angstreaktion wie in der ersten Studie nachgewiesen werden, allerdings zeigte sich diese nur bei den kontingenzbewussten Probanden, die den Zusammenhang zwischen den aversiven Konse-quenzen und den beiden Kontexten richtig wiedergeben konnten. Sie zeigte sich in einer sensorischen Verstärkung des CTX+, abgeleitet durch Herzrate und ssVEP-Aktivierung. Alle Gesichter, unabhängig ihres emotionalen Gehalts, evozierten verstärkte Aufmerksamkeitsres-sourcen im CTX+, was auf eine generelle Hypervigilanz in Angstkontexten hindeutet. In der dritten Studie wurde die Differenzierung von vorhersagbarer und unvorhersagbarer Be-drohung, als Operationalisierung von Furcht und Angst, auf kortikaler und physiologischer Ebene untersucht. In der vorhersagbaren Bedingung wurde ein sozialer Reiz mit einem aversiven Ereignis gepaart; in der unvorhersagbaren Bedingung wurde dieses aversive Ereignis zufällig prä-sentiert. Eine Furchtreaktion auf den vorhersagbaren Reiz konnte mit erhöhten ssVEP-Amplituden sowie einer erhöhten Herzrate gezeigt werden. Sowohl die vorhersagbare als auch die unvorhersagbare Bedrohung lösten eine sensorische Verstärkung der Kontexte gegenüber der Sicherheitsbedingung aus, wobei die Reaktion auf den unvorhersagbaren Kontext eine länger an-dauernde ssVEP-Aktivierung beinhaltete. Die Ergebnisse von den drei Studien konnten Angst als eine langanhaltende defensive Reaktion bestätigen. Aufgrund der Unvorhersagbarkeit der aversiven Ereignisse reagieren Individuen mit einer erhöhten Wachsamkeit im Angstkontext, gezeigt in einer erleichterten Verarbeitung von sensorischer Information und einer Orientierungsreaktion. Diese erhöhte Wachsamkeit hatte auch einen Einfluss auf die Verarbeitung von neuen Reizen, welche im Angstkontext erschienen. Abhängig von den Vergleichsstimuli, erhielten Stimuli die im Angstkontext wahrgenommen wurden, erhöhte Aufmerksamkeitsressourcen, unabhängig vom emotionalen Gehalt der Gesichter. Sowohl vorhersagbare als auch unvorhersagbare Bedrohungen förderten eine ver-stärkte sensorische Verarbeitung der Kontexte, während diese im Angst- im Gegensatz zum Furchtkontext länger andauerte. KW - Angst KW - Konditionierung KW - psychophysiology KW - steady-state visually evoked potentials KW - Aversive Konditionierung KW - Ereigniskorreliertes Potenzial KW - Furcht Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-123747 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wieser, Matthias J. A1 - Moscovitch, David A. T1 - The effect of affective context on visuocortical processing of neutral faces in social anxiety - An ERP study JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - It has been demonstrated that verbal context information alters the neural processing of ambiguous faces such as faces with no apparent facial expression. In social anxiety, neutral faces may be implicitly threatening for socially anxious individuals due to their ambiguous nature, but even more so if these neutral faces are put in self-referential negative contexts. Therefore, we measured event-related brain potentials (ERPs) in response to neutral faces which were preceded by affective verbal information (negative, neutral, positive). Participants with low social anxiety (LSA; n = 23) and high social anxiety (HSA; n = 21) were asked to watch and rate valence and arousal of the respective faces while continuous EEG was recorded. ERP analysis revealed that HSA showed elevated P100 amplitudes in response to faces, but reduced structural encoding of faces as indexed by reduced N170 amplitudes. In general, affective context led to an enhanced early posterior negativity (EPN) for negative compared to neutral facial expressions. Moreover, HSA compared to LSA showed enhanced late positive potentials (LPP) to negatively contextualized faces, whereas in LSA this effect was found for faces in positive contexts. Also, HSA rated faces in negative contexts as more negative compared to LSA. These results point at enhanced vigilance for neutral faces regardless of context in HSA, while structural encoding seems to be diminished (avoidance). Interestingly, later components of sustained processing (LPP) indicate that LSA show enhanced visuocortical processing for faces in positive contexts (happy bias), whereas this seems to be the case for negatively contextualized faces in HSA (threat bias). Finally, our results add further new evidence that top-down information in interaction with individual anxiety levels can influence early-stage aspects of visual perception. KW - context effects KW - face processing KW - social anxiety KW - ERPs (Event-Related Potentials) KW - EEG/ERP Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125148 VL - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Reuss, Heiko A1 - Pohl, Carsten A1 - Kiesel, Andrea A1 - Kunde, Wilfried T1 - Instructed illiteracy reveals expertise-effects on unconscious processing JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - We used a new methodological approach to investigate whether top-down influences like expertise determine the extent of unconscious processing. This approach does not rely on preexisting differences between experts and novices, but instructs essentially the same task in a way that either addresses a domain of expertise or not. Participants either were instructed to perform a lexical decision task (expert task) or to respond to a combination of single features of word and non-word stimuli (novel task). The stimuli and importantly also the mapping of responses to those stimuli, however, were exactly the same in both groups. We analyzed congruency effects of masked primes depending on the instructed task. Participants performing the expert task responded faster and less error prone when the prime was response congruent rather than incongruent. This effect was significantly reduced in the novel task, and even reversed when excluding identical prime-target pairs. This indicates that the primes in the novel task had an effect on a perceptual level, but were not able to impact on response activation. Overall, these results demonstrate an expertise-based top-down modulation of unconscious processing that cannot be explained by confounds that are otherwise inherent in comparisons between novices and experts. KW - top-down control KW - expertise KW - masked priming KW - unconscious processing KW - lexical decision task Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125332 VL - 6 IS - 239 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Körner, Anita A1 - Topolinski, Sascha A1 - Strack, Fritz T1 - Routes to Embodiment JF - Frontiers of Psychology N2 - Research on embodiment is rich in impressive demonstrations but somewhat poor in comprehensive explanations. Although some moderators and driving mechanisms have been identified, a comprehensive conceptual account of how bodily states or dynamics influence behavior is still missing. Here, we attempt to integrate current knowledge by describing three basic psychological mechanisms: direct state induction, which influences how humans feel or process information, unmediated by any other cognitive mechanism; modal priming, which changes the accessibility of concepts associated with a bodily state; sensorimotor simulation, which affects the ease with which congruent and incongruent actions are performed. We argue that the joint impact of these mechanisms can account for most existing embodiment effects. Additionally, we summarize empirical tests for distinguishing these mechanisms and suggest a guideline for future research about the mechanisms underlying embodiment effects. KW - priming KW - simulation KW - grounded cognition KW - embodied cognition KW - metaphors Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125960 VL - 9 IS - 940 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zürn, Michael T1 - The Dual Nature of Utility - Categorical and Comparative Evaluations in Economic Decisions T1 - Die Dualität des Nutzens - kategoriale und komparative Bewertungen in ökonomischen Entscheidungen N2 - Utility is perhaps the most central concept in modern economic theorizing. However, the behaviorist reduction to Revealed Preference not only removed the psychological content of utility but experimental investigations also exposed numerous anomalies in this theory. This program of research focused on the psychological processes by which utility judgments are generated. For this purpose, the standard assumption of a homogeneous concept is substituted by the Utilitarian Duality Hypothesis. In particular, judgments concerning categorical utility (uCat) infer an object's category based on its attributes which may subsequently allow the transfer of evaluative information like feelings or attitudes. In contrast, comparative utility (uCom) depends on the distance to a reference value on a specific dimension of comparison. Importantly, dimensions of comparison are manifold and context dependent. In a series of experiments, we show that the resulting Dual Utility Model is able to explain several known anomalies in a parsimonious fashion. Moreover, we identify central factors determining the relative weight assigned to both utility components. Finally, we discuss the implications of the Utilitarian Duality for both, the experimental practice in economics as well as the consequences for economic theorizing. In sum, we propose that the Dual Utility Model can serve as an integrative framework for both the rational model and its anomalies. N2 - Der Nutzen ist wohl eines der meist beachteten Konzepte der ökonomischen Theorie. Allerdings entfernte die behavioristische Reduktion auf offenbarte Präferenzen nicht nur den psychologischen Inhalt des Nutzens, sondern zeigte darüber hinaus in experimentellen Untersuchungen auch zahlreiche Anomalien der Theorie auf. Das vorliegende Forschungsprogramm stellt die psychologischen Prozesse in den Vordergrund, mittels derer Nutzen beurteilt wird. Zu diesem Zweck wird die verbreitete Annahme eines homogenen Konzepts durch die Zwei-Nutzen-Hypothese ersetzt. Im Besonderen bestimmen Urteile über den kategorialen Nutzen (uCat) anhand der Attribute eines Objekts zunächst dessen Kategorie, wodurch daraufhin bewertende Informationen, wie z.B. Gefühle oder Einstellungen, auf das Objekt übertragen werden können. Demgegenüber bestimmt sich der komparative Nutzen (uCom) über die Abweichung von einem Referenzwert in einer bestimmten Vergleichsdimension, welche generell zahlreich und kontextabhängig sein können. In einer Serie von Experimenten wird gezeigt, dass das resultierende Zwei-Nutzen-Modell eine Reihe von bekannten Anomalien in einer sparsamen Weise erklären kann. Darüber hinaus werden zentrale Faktoren identifiziert, welche die relative Gewichtung beider Nutzenkomponenten bestimmen. Schließlich werden die Implikationen der Zwei-Nutzen-Hypothese für die experimentelle Praxis und die ökonomische Theorie diskutiert. Zusammenfassend wird ausgeführt, dass das entwickelte Zwei-Nutzen-Modell als integrativer Rahmen für sowohl das rationale Modell als auch für seine Anomalien dienen kann. KW - Nutzen KW - Psychologie KW - Ultimatum Game KW - transaction utility KW - preference construction KW - utility KW - revealed preference KW - Wert KW - Preisvergleich KW - Nutzenvergleich Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-120141 ER - TY - THES A1 - Käthner, Ivo R. J. T1 - Auditory and visual brain-computer interfaces as communication aids for persons with severe paralysis T1 - Akustische und visuelle Gehirn-Computer Schnittstellen als Kommunikationshilfen für Menschen mit schweren Muskellähmungen N2 - Brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) could provide a muscle-independent communication channel to persons with severe paralysis by translating brain activity into device commands. As a means of communication, in particular BCIs based on event-related potentials (ERPs) as control signal have been researched. Most of these BCIs rely on visual stimulation and have been investigated with healthy participants in controlled laboratory environments. In proof-of-principle studies targeted end users gained control over BCI systems; however, these systems are not yet established as an assistive technology for persons who would most benefit from them. The main aim of this thesis is to advance the usability of ERP-BCIs for target users. To this end, five studies with BCIs have been conducted that enabled users to communicate by focusing their attention on external stimuli. Two studies were conducted in order to demonstrate the advantages and to further improve the practical application of visual BCIs. In the first study, mental workload was experimentally manipulated during prolonged BCI operation. The study showed the robustness of the visual ERP-BCI since users maintained a satisfactory level of control despite constant distraction in the form of background noise. Moreover, neurophysiological markers that could potentially serve as indicators of high mental workload or fatigue were revealed. This is a first step towards future applications in which the BCI could adapt to the mental state of the user (e.g. pauses if high mental workload is detected to prevent false selections). In the second study, a head-mounted display (HMD), which assures that stimuli are presented in the field of view of the user, was evaluated. High accuracies and information transfer rates, similar to a conventional display, were achieved by healthy participants during a spelling task. Furthermore, a person in the locked-in state (LIS) gained control over the BCI using the HMD. The HMD might be particularly suited for initial communication attempts with persons in the LIS in situations, where mounting a conventional monitor is difficult or not feasible. Visual ERP-BCIs could prove valuable for persons with residual control over eye muscles and sufficient vision. However, since a substantial number of target users have limited control over eye movements and/or visual impairments, BCIs based on non-visual modalities are required. Therefore, a main aspect of this thesis was to improve an auditory paradigm that should enable motor impaired users to spell by focusing attention on different tones. The two conducted studies revealed that healthy participants were able to achieve high spelling performance with the BCI already in the first session and stress the importance of the choice of the stimulus material. The employed natural tones resulted in an increase in performance compared to a previous study that used artificial tones as stimuli. Furthermore, three out of five users with a varying degree of motor impairments could gain control over the system within the five conducted sessions. Their performance increased significantly from the first to the fifth session - an effect not previously observed for visual ERP-BCIs. Hence, training is particularly important when testing auditory multiclass BCIs with potential users. A prerequisite for user satisfaction is that the BCI technology matches user requirements. In this context, it is important to compare BCIs with already established assistive technology. Thus, the fifth study of this dissertation evaluated gaze dependent methods (EOG, eye tracking) as possible control signals for assistive technology and a binary auditory BCI with a person in the locked-in state. The study participant gained control over all tested systems and rated the ease of use of the BCI as the highest among the tested alternatives, but also rated it as the most tiring due to the high amount of attention that was needed for a simple selection. Further efforts are necessary to simplify operation of the BCI. The involvement of end users in all steps of the design and development process of BCIs will increase the likelihood that they can eventually be used as assistive technology in daily life. The work presented in this thesis is a substantial contribution towards the goal of re-enabling communication to users who cannot rely on motor activity to convey their thoughts. N2 - Gehirn-Computer Schnittstellen (engl. brain-computer interfaces, BCIs) könnten Menschen mit schweren Muskellähmungen muskelunabhängige Kommunikation ermöglichen, indem sie Gehirnaktivität in Steuerungsbefehle übersetzen. Zu Kommunikationszwecken wurden insbesondere BCIs erforscht, die auf ereigniskorrelierten Potenzialen (EKPs) als Steuerungssignal beruhen. Die Mehrzahl dieser BCIs basiert auf visuellen Paradigmen und wurde unter kontrollierten Laborbedingungen mit gesunden Versuchsteilnehmern untersucht. In Machbarkeitsstudien konnten auch Menschen mit schweren Muskellähmungen Kontrolle erlangen. Jedoch sind BCIs noch nicht im Alltag als Hilfsmittel für diejenigen etabliert, die am meisten von ihnen profitieren würden. Die Gebrauchstauglichkeit für diese Zielgruppe zu erhöhen, ist das Hauptziel der vorliegenden Arbeit. Zu diesem Zweck wurden fünf Studien mit BCIs durchgeführt, die Nutzern durch die Aufmerksamkeitsfokussierung auf externe Reize ermöglichen zu kommunizieren. Um die Vorteile der visuellen Paradigmen zu zeigen und die praktische Anwendbarkeit weiter zu verbessern, wurden zwei Studien durchgeführt. In der ersten Studie wurde die mentale Arbeitsbelastung während längerer Benutzung eines BCI experimentell manipuliert. Die Studie demonstrierte die Robustheit des EKP-BCI. Nutzer konnten trotz konstanter Ablenkung durch Hintergrundgeräusche ein zufriedenstellendes Kontrollniveau aufrechterhalten. Darüber hinaus wurden neurophysiologische Marker gefunden, die als Indikatoren hoher mentaler Arbeitsbelastung oder Ermüdung dienen können. Dies ist ein erster Schritt hin zu Anwendungen, bei denen sich das BCI dem mentalen Zustand des Benutzers anpasst (z.B. indem die Anwendung pausiert, wenn hohe Arbeitsbelastung detektiert wird, um Falschauswahlen zu verhindern). In der zweiten Studie wurde ein Head- Mounted Display (HMD) evaluiert, welches sicherstellt, dass alle Stimuli im Gesichtsfeld des Nutzers angezeigt werden. Dabei wurden von gesunden Versuchsteilnehmern hohe Genauigkeiten und Informationstransferraten beim Schreiben von Wörtern erzielt, vergleichbar mit denen eines herkömmlichen Bildschirms. Zusätzlich erlangte ein Nutzer im Locked-in-Zustand Kontrolle über das BCI mittels des HMD. Das HMD könnte sich insbesondere für initiale Kommunikationsversuche für Personen im Locked-in-Zustand eignen, wenn sich das Aufstellen eines konventionellen Bildschirms als schwierig oder unmöglich erweist. Visuelle EKP-BCIs könnten sich insgesamt als wertvoll für Personen herausstellen, die noch ihre Augenbewegungen kontrollieren können und über ausreichend Sehkraft verfügen. Da eine nicht unerhebliche Zahl von potenziellen Endbenutzern jedoch eingeschränkte Kontrolle über Augenbewegungen und/oder Sehbeeinträchtigungen hat, sind BCIs notwendig, die auf nicht-visuellen Modalitäten beruhen. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit lag ein Fokus deshalb auf der Weiterentwicklung eines akustischen Paradigmas, welches Nutzern mit motorischen Einschränkungen das Buchstabieren durch die Aufmerksamkeitsfokussierung auf verschiedene Töne ermöglichen soll. Die beiden hierzu durchgeführten Studien zeigten, dass gesunde Versuchsteilnehmer bereits in der ersten Sitzung hohe Buchstabiergenauigkeiten erzielen konnten. Zudem unterstreichen diese Studien die Wichtigkeit der Wahl der Stimuli. Die in den beiden Studien verwendeten natürlichen Geräusche, führten zu einer Leistungsverbesserung verglichen mit einer vorausgegangenen Studie, die künstliche Töne verwendete. Darüber hinaus konnten drei von fünf Nutzern mit Muskellähmungen innerhalb von fünf Sitzungen Kontrolle über das System erlangen. Für die drei Nutzer war die Leistung in der fünften Sitzung dabei deutlich höher als in der ersten. Ein solcher Trainingseffekt wurde mit visuellen Paradigmen in vorausgegangenen Studien bisher nicht berichtet. Dieses Ergebnis betont daher die Bedeutsamkeit von Training während der Erprobung von akustischen Multi-Klassen-BCIs mit Endbenutzern. Eine Grundvoraussetzung für Nutzerzufriedenheit ist, dass die BCI Technologie den Bedürfnissen der Nutzer entspricht. In diesem Zusammenhang ist es wichtig, BCIs mit bereits etablierten Hilfsmitteln zu vergleichen. Daher wurden in der fünften Studie dieser Dissertation sowohl blickabhängige Methoden (EOG, Eye-Tracking) als auch ein akustisches BCI zur binären Kommunikation mit einem Nutzer im Locked-in-Zustand evaluiert. Der Studienteilnehmer erlangte über alle getesteten Systeme die Kontrolle und bewertete den Bedienkomfort des BCI am höchsten verglichen mit den anderen getesteten Methoden. Das BCI wurde jedoch aufgrund der hohen Konzentration, die für die Auswahl eines einzelnen Befehls benötigt wurde, als die ermüdendste bewertet. Weitere Entwicklungen sind notwendig, um die Bedienung des BCI noch stärker zu vereinfachen. Die Einbeziehung von Endbenutzern in alle Schritte des Entwicklungsprozesses eines BCI wird die Wahrscheinlichkeit erhöhen, dass es schließlich als Hilfsmittel im Alltag genutzt werden kann. Die vorliegende Dissertation leistet wesentliche Beiträge, um dieses Ziel zu erreichen: Nämlich Nutzern, welche sich nicht mittels motorischer Aktivität ausdrücken können, eine neue Form der Kommunikation zu ermöglichen. KW - Gehirn-Computer Schnittstelle KW - Elektronencephalographie KW - Kommunikationshilfe KW - Brain-computer interface KW - BCI KW - EEG KW - P300 KW - ALS KW - LIS KW - AAC Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-135477 ER - TY - THES A1 - Sollfrank, Teresa T1 - Feedback efficiency and training effects during alpha band modulation over the sensorimotor cortex T1 - Die Wirksamkeit von Feedback und Trainingseffekten während der Alphaband Modulation über dem menschlichen sensomotorischen Cortex N2 - Neural oscillations can be measured by electroencephalography (EEG) and these oscillations can be characterized by their frequency, amplitude and phase. The mechanistic properties of neural oscillations and their synchronization are able to explain various aspects of many cognitive functions such as motor control, memory, attention, information transfer across brain regions, segmentation of the sensory input and perception (Arnal and Giraud, 2012). The alpha band frequency is the dominant oscillation in the human brain. This oscillatory activity is found in the scalp EEG at frequencies around 8-13 Hz in all healthy adults (Makeig et al., 2002) and considerable interest has been generated in exploring EEG alpha oscillations with regard to their role in cognitive (Klimesch et al., 1993; Hanselmayr et al., 2005), sensorimotor (Birbaumer, 2006; Sauseng et al., 2009) and physiological (Lehmann, 1971; Niedermeyer, 1997; Kiyatkin, 2010) aspects of human life. The ability to voluntarily regulate the alpha amplitude can be learned with neurofeedback training and offers the possibility to control a brain-computer interface (BCI), a muscle independent interaction channel. BCI research is predominantly focused on the signal processing, the classification and the algorithms necessary to translate brain signals into control commands than on the person interacting with the technical system. The end-user must be properly trained to be able to successfully use the BCI and factors such as task instructions, training, and especially feedback can therefore play an important role in learning to control a BCI (Neumann and Kübler, 2003; Pfurtscheller et al., 2006, 2007; Allison and Neuper, 2010; Friedrich et al., 2012; Kaufmann et al., 2013; Lotte et al., 2013). The main purpose of this thesis was to investigate how end-users can efficiently be trained to perform alpha band modulation recorded over their sensorimotor cortex. The herein presented work comprises three studies with healthy participants and participants with schizophrenia focusing on the effects of feedback and training time on cortical activation patterns and performance. In the first study, the application of a realistic visual feedback to support end-users in developing a concrete feeling of kinesthetic motor imagery was tested in 2D and 3D visualization modality during a single training session. Participants were able to elicit the typical event-related desynchronisation responses over sensorimotor cortex in both conditions but the most significant decrease in the alpha band power was obtained following the three-dimensional realistic visualization. The second study strengthen the hypothesis that an enriched visual feedback with information about the quality of the input signal supports an easier approach for motor imagery based BCI control and can help to enhance performance. Significantly better performance levels were measurable during five online training sessions in the groups with enriched feedback as compared to a conventional simple visual feedback group, without significant differences in performance between the unimodal (visual) and multimodal (auditory–visual) feedback modality. Furthermore, the last study, in which people with schizophrenia participated in multiple sessions with simple feedback, demonstrated that these patients can learn to voluntarily regulate their alpha band. Compared to the healthy group they required longer training times and could not achieve performance levels as high as the control group. Nonetheless, alpha neurofeedback training lead to a constant increase of the alpha resting power across all 20 training session. To date only little is known about the effects of feedback and training time on BCI performance and cortical activation patterns. The presented work contributes to the evidence that healthy individuals can benefit from enriched feedback: A realistic presentation can support participants in getting a concrete feeling of motor imagery and enriched feedback, which instructs participants about the quality of their input signal can give support while learning to control the BCI. This thesis demonstrates that people with schizophrenia can learn to gain control of their alpha oscillations recorded over the sensorimotor cortex when participating in sufficient training sessions. In conclusion, this thesis improved current motor imagery BCI feedback protocols and enhanced our understanding of the interplay between feedback and BCI performance. N2 - Die Wirksamkeit von Feedback und Trainingseffekten während der Alphaband Modulation über dem menschlichen sensomotorischen Cortex KW - Neurofeedback KW - Gehirn-Computer-Schnittstelle KW - Brain-computer interface KW - Übung KW - Alpha Neurofeedback KW - EEG Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-131769 ER - TY - THES A1 - Rittger, Lena T1 - Driving Behaviour and Driver Assistance at Traffic Light Intersections T1 - Fahrverhalten und Fahrerassistenz an Ampelkreuzungen N2 - The increasing importance of environmental friendly and efficient transportation guides the interest of researchers and car manufacturers towards the development of technologies that support an efficient driving style. This thesis presents the development of a traffic light assistance system with the focus on human factors. The system aims on supporting drivers in approaching traffic light intersections efficiently. In three driving simulator studies, the content related research covered the investigation of the unassisted driving task, the influence of the system on the driver’s perception of the interaction with other road users and the information strategy of the human machine interface. When the traffic light phase changes or when visibility is limited, drivers prepare driving behaviour that is not appropriate for the traffic light phase at arrival at the intersection. These situations offer the greatest potential for the assistance system. The traffic light assistant is able to change driving behaviour. However, the expectation of other road user’s emotional reactions influences driver compliance. In situations in which drivers expected to bother others with their driving behaviour, compliance to the traffic light assistant was low. Further, the deviations of driver behaviour from the target strategy of the traffic light assistant are lowest when the HMI includes the two information units target speed and action recommendations. Traffic light phase information in the HMI is a subjectively important information for drivers. The results point towards the presentation of all three information units. The method related research covered the development of a method for measuring drivers’ information demand for dynamic stimuli. While driving, specific stimuli are action relevant for drivers, i.e. they need to be processed in order to decide on the appropriate driving behaviour. Eye tracking has been the standard method for measuring information demand while driving. The novel MARS (Masking Action Relevant Stimuli) method measures information demand by masking the dynamic action relevant stimulus in the driving environment or in the vehicle. To unmask the stimulus for a fixed interval, drivers press a button at the steering wheel. In the present thesis, two driving simulator studies evaluated the MARS method. They included measuring information demand for the traffic light phasing and the in-vehicle display of the traffic light assistant. The analyses demonstrate that variations in the experimental conditions influence the information demand measured with the MARS method qualitatively similar to the influences on fixations measured by eye tracking. Due to its simple application, the MARS method represents a promising tool for transportation research. N2 - Die wachsende Bedeutung umweltfreundlicher und effizienter Mobilität hat zur zunehmenden Entwicklung von Technologien geführt, die Fahrer bei der Umsetzung eines effizienten Fahrstils unterstützen. Die vorliegende Arbeit beinhaltet die Entwicklung eines Ampelassistenten aus verkehrspsychologischer Sicht. Das System unterstützt Fahrer bei der effizienten Annäherung an Ampelkreuzungen. Drei Fahrsimulatorstudien betrachten die inhaltlichen Forschungsfragen zur Analyse von nicht-assistiertem Fahrverhalten, der Wahrnehmung der Interaktion zwischen verschiedenen Verkehrsteilnehmern mit und ohne Assistenzsystem und der Informationsstrategie in der Mensch-Maschine Schnittstelle des Systems. In Fahrsituationen mit wechselnden Ampelphasen oder Sichtverdeckung initiieren Fahrer Verhalten, das im Hinblick auf die Ampelphase bei Ankunft an der Kreuzung unangemessen ist. Diese Situationen bieten das größte Potential für eine Unterstützung durch das Assistenzsystem. Die weiteren Studien zeigen, dass der Ampelassistent das Fahrverhalten beeinflusst. Hierbei spielt die Erwartung, die Fahrer an die emotionalen Reaktionen nachfolgender Fahrer in der Kolonne haben, eine Rolle. In Situationen, in denen Fahrer erwarten andere zu behindern, sinkt die Bereitschaft sich an die Empfehlungen des Systems zu halten. Die Abweichungen des Fahrverhaltens vom Zielverhalten der Funktion sind am geringsten, wenn Handlungs- und Geschwindigkeitsempfehlungen gegeben werden. Information zur Ampelphase stellt für die Fahrer subjektiv eine wichtige Informationseinheit dar. Die Ergebnisse legen nahe, alle drei Informationen zur Kommunikation des Zielverhaltens zu präsentieren. Der methodische Teil der Arbeit beschäftigt sich mit der Messung des Informationsbedarfs für dynamische Reize. Um Entscheidungen für das angemessene Fahrverhalten zu treffen, müssen Fahrer bestimmte handlungsrelevante Informationen erfassen. Eye Tracking ist eine Standardmethode um den Informationsbedarf für fahrrelevante Reize zu messen. Die im Zuge der Arbeit entwickelte MARS (Masking Action Relevant Stimuli) Methode misst den Informationsbedarf durch Verdeckung. Der Fahrer kann die Verdeckung des Reizes durch Tastendruck für einen limitierten Zeitraum lösen. In zwei Fahrsimulatorstudien wurde die MARS Methode auf die Ampelschaltung und die Darstellung im Display des Ampelassistenten angewendet. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass die MARS Methode die experimentellen Variationen des Informationsbedarfs abbilden kann. Die Ergebnisse sind vergleichbar mit der Variation in Fixationen gemessen durch Eye Tracking. Aufgrund ihrer einfachen Umsetzung ist die MARS Methode als Forschungsinstrument vielversprechend. KW - Fahrerassistenzsystem KW - Verkehrsteilnehmer KW - Driver assistance KW - Traffic psychology KW - Driving simulation KW - Traffic Lights KW - Human Factors KW - Advanced Driver Assistance Systems Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-117646 ER - TY - THES A1 - Wiemer, Julian T1 - Maintaining factors of fear-relevant illusory correlations T1 - Aufrechterhaltende Faktoren von angstbezogenen Zusammenhangsverschätzungen N2 - Biased cognitive processes are very likely involved in the maintenance of fears and anxiety. One of such cognitive processes is the perceived relationship between fear-relevant stimuli and aversive consequences. If this relationship is perceived although objective contingencies have been random, it is called an (a posteriori) illusory correlation. If this relationship is overestimated before objective contingencies are experienced, it is called an (a priori) expectancy bias. Previous investigations showed that fear-relevant illusory correlations exist, but very few is known about how and why this cognitive bias develops. In the present dissertation thesis, a model is proposed based on a review of the literature on fear-relevant illusory correlations. This model describes how psychological factors might have an influence on fear and illusory correlations. Several critical implications of the model were tested in four experiments. Experiment 1 tested the hypothesis that people do not only overestimate the proportion of aversive consequences (startle sounds) following emotionally negative stimuli (pictures of mutilations) relative to neutral stimuli (pictures of household objects), but also following highly arousing positive stimuli (pictures of erotic scenes), because arousal might be an important determinant of illusory correlations. The result was a significant expectancy bias for negative stimuli and a much smaller expectancy bias for positive stimuli. Unexpectedly, expectancy bias was restricted to women. An a posteriori illusory correlation was not found overall, but only in those participants who perceived the aversive consequences following negative stimuli as particularly aversive. Experiment 2 tested the same hypothesis as experiment 1 using a paradigm that evoked distinct basic emotions (pictures inducing fear, anger, disgust or happiness). Only negative emotions resulted in illusory correlations with aversive outcomes (startle sounds), especially the emotions of fear and disgust. As in experiment 1, the extent of these illusory correlations was correlated with the perceived aversiveness of aversive outcomes. Moreover, only women overestimated the proportion of aversive outcomes during pictures that evoked fear, anger or disgust. Experiment 3 used functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) to measure biased brain activity in female spider phobics during an illusory correlation paradigm. Both spider phobics and healthy controls expected more aversive outcomes (painful electrical shocks) following pictures of spiders than following neutral control stimuli (pictures of mushrooms). Spider phobics but not healthy controls overestimated the proportion of aversive outcomes following pictures of spiders in a trial-by-trial memory task. This a posteriori illusory correlation was correlated with enhanced shock aversiveness and activity in primary sensory-motor cortex in phobic participants. Moreover, spider phobics’ brain activity in the left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex was elevated in response to spider images. This activity also predicted the extent of the illusory correlation, which supports the theory that executive and attentional resources play an important role in the maintenance of illusory correlations. Experiment 4 tested the hypothesis that the enhanced aversiveness of some outcomes would be sufficient to causally induce an illusory correlation. Neutral images (colored geometric figures) were paired with differently aversive outcomes (three startle sounds varying in intensity). Participants developed an illusory correlation between those images, which predicted the most aversive sound and this sound, which means that this association was overestimated relative to the other associations. The extent of the illusory correlation was positively correlated with participants’ self-reported anxiety. The results imply that the previously found relationship between illusory correlations and outcome aversiveness might reflect a causal impact of outcome aversiveness or salience on illusory correlations. In sum, the conducted experiments indicate that illusory correlations between fear-relevant stimuli and aversive consequences might persist – among other factors - because of an enhanced aversiveness or salience of aversive consequences following feared stimuli. This assumption is based on correlational findings, a neural measure of outcome perception and a causal influence of outcome aversiveness on illusory correlations. Implications of these findings were integrated into a model of fear-relevant illusory correlations and potential implications are discussed. Future investigations should further elucidate the role of executive functions and gender effects. Moreover, the trial-by-trial assessment of illusory correlations is recommended to increase reliability of the concept. From a clinical perspective, the down-regulation of aversive experiences and the allocation of attention to non-aversive experiences might help to cure anxiety and cognitive bias. N2 - Verzerrte kognitive Prozesse sind sehr wahrscheinlich an der Aufrechterhaltung von Furcht und Angst beteiligt. Ein solcher kognitiver Prozess ist der wahrgenommene Zusammenhang zwischen Reizen, vor denen bereits Angst besteht und unangenehmen Konsequenzen. Wenn so ein Zusammenhang wahrgenommen wird, obwohl die objektiven Kontingenzen zufällig sind, spricht man von einer illusorischen Korrelation (a posteriori). Wenn so ein Zusammenhang überschätzt wird, bevor objektive Kontingenzen erlebt werden, spricht man von einer Erwartungsverzerrung (a priori). Frühere Untersuchungen zeigten, dass angstrelevante illusorische Korrelationen existieren, aber bisher ist nur wenig darüber bekannt, wie und warum diese entstehen. In der vorliegenden Dissertation wird ein Modell vorgeschlagen, dass auf bisherigen Erkenntnissen zu angstrelevanten illusorischen Korrelationen beruht. Das Modell beschreibt, welche psychologischen Faktoren die Entstehung von Angst und illusorischen Korrelationen begünstigen könnten. Mehrere Implikationen dieses Modells wurden in vier Experimenten getestet. Experiment 1 überprüfte die Hypothese, dass Menschen nicht nur die Häufigkeit unangenehmer Konsequenzen (Schreckgeräusche) nach emotional negativen Reizen (Bilder von Verletzungen) überschätzen, verglichen mit neutralen Reizen (Bilder von Haushaltsgegenständen), sondern auch nach sehr aufregenden positiven Reizen (Bilder von erotischen Szenen), weil die allgemeine Erregung einen Einfluss auf illusorische Korrelationen haben sollte. Das Ergebnis war eine signifikante Erwartungsverzerrung bei negativen Reizen und eine sehr viel kleinere Erwartungsverzerrung bei positiven Reizen. Unerwarteter Weise waren Erwartungsverzerrungen auf Frauen beschränkt. Eine illusorische Korrelation (a posteriori) konnte im Allgemeinen nicht festgestellt werden, sondern lediglich bei solchen Probanden, die die unangenehmen Konsequenzen nach negativen Reizen als besonders unangenehm empfanden. Experiment 2 überprüfte die gleiche Hypothese wie Experiment 1 anhand einer Versuchsanordnung, die verschiedene Basisemotionen hervorrufen sollte (durch Bilder, die Angst, Ärger, Ekel oder Freude induzierten). Nur negative Emotionen führten zu illusorischen Korrelationen (a posteriori) mit unangenehmen Ereignissen (Schreckgeräusche), insbesondere die Emotionen Angst und Ekel. Wie auch in Experiment 1 korrelierte das Ausmaß der illusorischen Korrelation mit der wahrgenommenen Unangenehmheit der unangenehmen Ereignisse bei der entsprechenden Bildkategorie. Darüber hinaus überschätzten nur Frauen den Anteil negativer Ereignisse bei Bildern, die Angst, Ekel, oder Ärger hervorriefen. Experiment 3 verwendete funktionelle Magnetresonanztomografie (fMRT), um verzerrte Gehirnaktivität bei Spinnenphobikerinnen während eines Versuchs zu illusorischen Korrelationen zu messen. Sowohl Spinnenphobikerinnen als auch gesunde Kontrollprobandinnen erwarteten mehr unangenehme Konsequenzen (schmerzhafte elektrische Reize) bei Bildern von Spinnen als bei neutralen Kontrollreizen (Bilder von Pilzen). Spinnenphobikerinnen, aber nicht gesunde Kontrollprobandinnen überschätzten jedoch im Nachhinein den Anteil unangenehmer Konsequenzen bei Bildern von Spinnen in einer Trial-by-Trial Gedächtnisaufgabe. Diese illusorische Korrelation (a posteriori) korrelierte mit der erhöhten Unangenehmheit der elektrischen Reize und mit Aktivierung im primären senso-motorischen Kortex der phobischen Teilnehmerinnen. Darüber hinaus wiesen Spinnenphobikerinnen in Reaktion auf die Bilder von Spinnen eine erhöhte Aktivierung im linken dorsolateralen präfrontalen Kortex auf. Diese Aktivität sagte auch das Ausmaß der illusorischen Korrelation vorher, was die These unterstützt, dass exekutive und Aufmerksamkeitsressourcen eine wichtige Rolle in der Aufrechterhaltung illusorischer Korrelationen spielen. Experiment 4 überprüfte die Hypothese, dass die erhöhte Unangenehmheit mancher Konsequenzen hinreichend sein würde, um kausal eine illusorische Korrelation hervorzurufen. Neutrale Bilder (geometrische Figuren in drei verschiedenen Farben) wurden mit unterschiedlich unangenehmen Konsequenzen gepaart (Schreckgeräusche in drei verschiedenen Intensitäten). Bei den Probanden entwickelte sich eine illusorische Korrelation mit der Farbe, die das unangenehmste Geräusch voraussagte und diesem Geräusch, das heißt, der Zusammenhang wurde im Vergleich zu den anderen Zusammenhängen überschätzt. Das Ausmaß der illusorischen Korrelation korrelierte positiv mit der Ängstlichkeit der Teilnehmer. Die Ergebnisse legen nahe, dass der bisher gefundene Zusammenhang zwischen illusorischen Korrelationen und der Unangenehmheit der unangenehmen Konsequenzen auf einen kausalen Einfluss der Unangenehmheit oder Salienz der Konsequenzen auf illusorische Korrelationen zurückgehen könnte. Zusammengefasst zeigten die durchgeführten Experimente, dass illusorische Korrelationen zwischen angstrelevanten Reizen und unangenehmen Konsequenzen – neben anderen Einflussfaktoren – aufgrund einer erhöhten Unangenehmheit oder Salienz unangenehmer Konsequenzen bei gefürchteten Reizen bestehen könnten. Diese Annahme basiert auf korrelativen Ergebnissen, einem neuralen Maß der Konsequenzverarbeitung und dem gefundenen kausalen Einfluss der Unangenehmheit unangenehmer Konsequenzen auf illusorische Korrelationen. Implikationen dieser Befunde werden in ein Modell zu angstrelevanten illusorischen Korrelationen integriert und diskutiert. Zukünftige Studien sollten die Rolle exekutiver Funktionen und Geschlechtsunterschiede genauer untersuchen. Es empfiehlt sich dabei, illusorische Korrelationen Trial-by-Trial zu erfassen, um die Reliabilität des Konzepts zu erhöhen. Aus klinischer Sicht könnten die Beruhigung unangenehmer Erfahrungen und die Aufmerksamkeitsallokation auf nicht-unangenehme Erfahrungen helfen, Ängste und kognitive Verzerrungen zu vermindern. KW - Verzerrte Kognition KW - Angststörung KW - Verzerrte Kognition KW - Illusorische Korrelation KW - Gefahrenlernen KW - Funktionelle Kernspintomografie KW - cognitive bias KW - illusory correlation KW - threat learning KW - functional magnetic resonance imaging KW - Assoziatives Gedächtnis Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-116960 ER - TY - THES A1 - Naujoks, Frederik T1 - Frühzeitige Fahrerinformationen zur Konfliktvermeidung bei urbanen Verkehrskonflikten - Gestaltung und Absicherung T1 - Early advisory warnings for urban traffic conflicts - design and evaluation N2 - Die meisten Unfälle mit Personenschaden in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland sind infolge urbaner Verkehrskonflikte zu verzeichnen. Die Mehrzahl dieser Unfälle findet in Kreuzungssituationen statt (sog. Kreuzen-, Einbiege- und Abbiege-Unfälle). Heutige Assistenzsysteme zur Kollisionsvermeidung oder -abschwächung stoßen in diesen Situationen aufgrund der durch bordeigene Fahrzeugsensorik eingeschränkten Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung der Verkehrsumgebung an ihre Grenzen. Diese Einschränkungen ergeben sich beispielsweise durch Sichtverdeckungen (z.B. durch parkende Fahrzeuge oder Häuserreihen, welche die Sicht in Kreuzungsarme verdecken) oder die begrenzte Erfassungsgüte verletzlicher Verkehrsteilnehmer (Fußgänger, Radfahrer oder Motorradfahrer). Zukünftige kooperative Kommunikationstechnologien, basierend auf Fahrzeug-Fahrzeug- und Fahrzeug-Infrastruktur-Kommunikation, ermöglichen es, dem Fahrer auch in komplexen urbanen Konfliktsituationen frühzeitig Informationen über potentielle Gefahrensituationen zu übermitteln. Gleichwohl liegen Konzepte zur Ausgestaltung einer solchen Fahrerunterstützung, die den Fähigkeiten und Bedürfnissen des Fahrers entsprechen, bislang nur vereinzelt vor. In dieser Arbeit wird deshalb ein neuartiges Konzept zur frühzeitigen Fahrerunterstützung entwickelt und in einer im Fahrsimulator durchgeführten Studienreihe empirisch evaluiert. Ziel ist es, dem Fahrer im Gegensatz zu dringlichen Kollisionswarnungen, wie sie heutzutage beispielsweise im Kontext von Notbremsassistenten verwendet werden, frühzeitig auf drohende Verkehrskonflikte hinzuweisen. Um die Zuverlässigkeit dieser Unterstützung zu erhöhen, soll der Fahrer (1.) so früh wie nötig aber so spät wie möglich, (2.) so spezifisch wie nötig und (3.) so dringlich wie nötig informiert werden. Diese drei zentralen Gestaltungskriterien (Zeitpunkt, Spezifität und Dringlichkeit) wurden in meiner Arbeit in umfassenden Probandenstudien empirisch untersucht, wobei die zu erwartende Unzuverlässigkeit der maschinellen Situationsanalyse und -prädiktion expliziter Bestandteil des Studiendesigns war. Folgende Gestaltungsempfehlungen können, basierend auf den Studienergebnissen, gegeben werden: Zeitpunkt: Die Fahrerinformationen sollten eine bis zwei Sekunden vor dem letztmöglichen Warnzeitpunkt (t0+1s/2s) präsentiert werden. Noch frühzeitigere Fahrerinformationen führten zu keiner weiteren Wirksamkeitssteigerung. Fahrerinformationen zum letztmöglichen Warnzeitpunkt (t0) hatten keinen positiven Einfluss auf das Fahrverhalten. Spezifität: Die Fahrerinformationen sollten eine Anzeige der Richtung, aus welcher der Konflikt droht (sog. richtungsspezifische Anzeige), beinhalten. Unspezifische Anzeigen (bloße Anzeige, dass ein Konflikt droht) führten zwar zu vergleichbaren Verhaltenseffekten wie spezifische Anzeigen. Die Anzeige der Konfliktrichtung steigerte jedoch die wahrgenommene Nützlichkeit der Fahrerunterstützung. Falls mit der Ausgabe fehlerhafter Richtungsanzeigen zu rechnen ist, wird dennoch eine unspezifische Anzeigestrategie empfohlen, da fehlerhafte Richtungsanzeigen eine Einschränkung der subjektiven Nützlichkeit zur Folge hatten. Auch die Anzeige der Art des Konfliktpartners führte zu einer höheren subjektiven Nützlichkeit, jedoch berichteten die Fahrer gleichzeitig von einer erhöhten Ablenkungswirkung dieser Anzeigen. Dringlichkeit: Es sollte ein rein visuelles Anzeigekonzept verwendet werden. Zwar führten dringlichere, visuell-auditive Anzeigen zu einer schnelleren Bremsreaktion als rein visuelle Anzeigen. In Anbetracht der Frühzeitigkeit der Fahrerinformationen war dies zum einen jedoch nicht entscheidend für deren Wirksamkeit. Zum anderen wirkten sich falsche Alarme gerade bei visuell-auditiven Fahrerinformationen negativ auf Bremsreaktion und Wirksamkeit aus. N2 - Early advisory warnings for urban traffic conflicts - design and evaluation KW - Aktive Sicherheit KW - Fahrerinformationen KW - Kooperative Umfelderfassung KW - Mensch-Maschine-Interaktion KW - Fahrerassistenz KW - Menschmaschineinteraktion KW - Fahrsimulator Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-117180 ER - TY - THES A1 - Bakhtiari, Giti T1 - The Role of Fluency in Oral Approach and Avoidance T1 - Die Rolle von Verarbeitungsflüssigkeit in oraler Annäherung und Vermeidung N2 - Names of, for instance, children or companies are often chosen very carefully. They should sound and feel good. Therefore, many companies try to choose artificially created names that can easily be pronounced in various languages. A wide range of psychological research has demonstrated that easy processing (high processing fluency) is intrinsically experienced as positive. Due to this positive feeling, easy processing can have profound influences on preferences for names. Topolinski, Maschmann, Pecher, and Winkielman (2014) have introduced a different mechanism that influences the perception of words. Across several experiments they found that words featuring consonantal inward wanderings (inward words) were preferred over words featuring consonantal outward wanderings (outward words). They argued that this was due to the fact that approach and avoidance motivations are activated by articulating inward and outward words, because the pronunciation resembles approach and avoidance behaviors of swallowing and spitting, respectively. They suggested this close link as an underlying mechanism for the so-called in-out effect, but did not test this assumption directly. In the current work, I tested an alternative fluency account of the in-out effect. Specifically, I hypothesized that processing fluency might play a critical role instead of motivational states of approach and avoidance being necessarily activated. In Chapter 1, I introduce the general topic of my dissertation, followed by a detailed introduction of the research area of approach and avoidance motivations in Chapter 2. In Chapter 3, I narrow the topic down to orally induced approach and avoidance motivations, which is the main topic of my dissertation. In Chapter 4, I introduce the research area of ecological influences on psychological processes. This chapter builds the base for the idea that human language might serve as a source of processing fluency in the in-out effect. In the following Chapter 5, I elaborate the research area of processing fluency, for which I examined whether it plays a role in the in-out effect. After an overview of my empirical work in Chapter 6, the empirical part starts with Study 1a and Study 1b (Chapter 7) that aimed to show that two languages (Eng. & Ger.) in which the in-out effect has originally been found might feature a source of higher processing fluency for inward over outward words. The results showed that higher frequencies of inward dynamics compared to outward dynamics were found in both languages. This can lead to higher pronunciation fluency for inward compared to outward words which might in turn lay the ground for higher preferences found for inward over outward words. In Chapter 8, the assumption that inward compared to outward dynamics might be more efficient to process was tested directly in experiments that examined objective as well as subjective processing fluency of artificially constructed non-words featuring pure inward or outward dynamics. Studies 2a-4b found an objective as well as subjective processing advantage for inward over outward words. In Chapter 9, the causal role of objective and subjective pronunciation fluency in the in-out effect was examined. In Study 5 mediational analyses on item-level and across studies were conducted using objective and subjective fluency as possible mediating variables. In Study 6 mediation analyses were conducted with data on subject- and trial-level from a within-subject design. Overall, the data of the item-based, subject-based and trial-based mediation analyses provide rather mixed results. Therefore, an experimental manipulation of fluency was implemented in the last two studies. In Chapter 10, Study 7 and Study 8 demonstrate that manipulating fluency experimentally does indeed modulate the attitudinal impact of consonantal articulation direction. Articulation ease was induced by letting participants train inward or outward kinematics before the actual evaluation phase. Additionally, the simulation training was intensified in Study 8 in order to examine whether a stronger modulation of the in-out effect could be found. Training outward words led to an attenuation and, after more extensive training, even to a reversal of the in-out effect, whereas training inward words led to an enhancement of the in-out effect. This hints at my overall hypothesis that the explicit preferences of inward and outward words are, at least partially, driven by processing fluency. Almost all studies of my dissertation, except for one analysis of the item-based mediation study, speak in favor of the hypothesis that inward words compared to outward words are objectively and subjectively easier to articulate. This possibly contributes partially to a higher preference of inward over outward words. The results are discussed in Chapter 11 with respect to processing fluency and to the role of language as an ecological factor. Finally, future research ideas are elaborated. N2 - Die Namensgebung von beispielsweise Kindern oder Firmen ist meist sehr sorgfältig bedacht. Ein Name sollte sich möglichst gut anfühlen und schön klingen. So wählen weltweit agierende Firmen oft künstlich kreierte Namen, die in mehreren Sprachen leicht aussprechbar sind. Psychologische Forschung hat vielfach gezeigt, dass eine leichte Verarbeitung (hohe fluency), beispielsweise von Wörtern, implizit als positiv wahrgenommen wird. Aufgrund dieses positiven Gefühls, kann eine leichte Verarbeitung starken Einfluss auf die Präferenzen für Namen haben. Topolinski und Kollegen (2014) stellten einen anderen Mechanismus vor, der die Wahrnehmung von Wörtern beeinflussen kann. In mehreren Experimenten konnten sie zeigen, dass Wörter mit einer konsonantischen rein-Wanderung (Reinwörter) gegenüber Wörtern mit einer raus-Wanderung (Rauswörter) präferiert wurden. Sie postulieren, dass dies durch Annäherungs- und Vermeidungsmotivationen zustände käme, die durch die Artikulation von Rein- und Rauswörtern ausgelöst wurden, da das Aussprechen von diesen jeweils dem Annäherungs- und Vermeidungsverhalten im Sinne von schlucken und spucken ähneln. Die Autoren nehmen an, dass diese enge Verknüpfung von Merkmalen der Aussprache mit Annäherungs-/Vermeidungsverhalten der Mechanismus dafür ist, dass wir Rein- gegenüber Rauswörtern präferieren (Rein-Rauseffekt). Jedoch wurde diese Annahme bislang nicht direkt empirisch überprüft. In der vorliegenden Arbeit untersuche ich eine alternative fluency-Darstellung des Rein-Rauseffekts. Genauer, stelle ich die Hypothese auf, dass fluency unabhängig davon, ob Annäherungs- und Vermeidungsmotivationen aktiviert werden, eine entscheidende Rolle für den Rein-Rauseffekt spielen könnte. In Kapitel 1 führe ich das Thema meiner Dissertation ein, gefolgt von einer Vorstellung des Forschungsbereichs der Annäherungs- und Vermeidungsmotivationen (Kapitel 2). In Kapitel 3 grenze ich das Thema auf oral induzierte Motivationen ein. In Kapitel 4 stelle ich den Forschungsbereich der ökologische Einflüsse auf psychologische Prozesse vor, welches die Grundlage für meine These bildet, dass Sprache als eine fluency-Quelle im Rein-Rauseffekt fungieren könnte. In Kapitel 5 führe ich den Forschungsbereich zur fluency näher aus, da dessen Rolle im Rein-Rauseffekt in meiner Arbeit untersucht wird. Nach einem Überblick (Kapitel 6), beginnt der empirische Teil mit den Studien 1a und 1b (Kapitel 7). Diese haben untersucht, ob die zwei Sprachen (En., Deu.), in denen der Rein-Rauseffekt gefunden wurde, eine höhere fluency-Quelle für Rein- im Vergleich zu Rauswörtern darstellen können. Die Ergebnisse zeigen in beiden Sprachen ein häufigeres Vorkommen von Rein- gegenüber Rausdynamiken. Diese Ungleichverteilung der Häufigkeiten könnte eine höhere Aussprechflüssigkeit von Reinwörtern gegenüber Rauswörtern zur Folge haben, was wiederum die Grundlage für den Rein-Rauseffekt sein könnte. In Kapitel 8 wurde überprüft, ob Rein- verglichen mit Rauswörtern eine höhere fluency haben. In mehreren Experimenten wurde die objektive und subjektive fluency von künstlich konstruierten Non-Wörtern (reine Rein- oder Rausdynamiken) untersucht. Die Studien 2a-4b zeigen, dass neben der objektiven auch die subjektive fluency von Reinwörtern höher ist als die von Rauswörtern. In Kapitel 9 wurde die mögliche kausale Rolle von objektiver und subjektiver fluency auf den Rein-Rauseffekt untersucht. In Studie 5 wurden Mediationsanalysen auf Item-Ebene mit objektiver und subjektiver fluency als mögliche mediierende Variablen berechnet. In Studie 6 wurden Mediationsanalysen für subjektive fluency auf Probanden- und Trial-Ebene mit Daten aus einem Within-Subjects Design durchgeführt. Insgesamt zeigen die Analysen keine eindeutigen Befunde. Daher wurde in den letzten Studien eine experimentelle fluency-Manipulation realisiert. In Kapitel 10 zeigen Studien 7 und 8, dass eine experimentelle fluency-Manipulation Auswirkungen von konsonantischen Rein- und Rausdynamiken auf Wortpräferenzen moduliert. Die fluency wurde vor der Evaluationsphase induziert. Zusätzlich wurde das Simulationstraining in Studie 8 intensiviert, um festzustellen, ob sich eine stärkere Modulation des Rein-Rauseffektes findet. Das Trainieren von Rausdynamiken führte zu einer Abschwächung des Rein-Rauseffektes (Studie 7) und nach intensiverem Training sogar zu einer Umkehrung des Effektes (Studie 8). Das Trainieren von Reindynamiken hingegen führte zu einer Verstärkung des Rein-Rauseffektes. Diese Ergebnisse deuten darauf hin, dass Präferenzen für Rein- und Rauswörter - zumindest partiell - durch die fluency von Rein- und Rauswörtern beeinflusst sind. Nahezu alle Studien meiner Arbeit, außer der item-basierten Mediation, sprechen für meine Hypothese, dass Reinwörter gegenüber Rauswörtern sowohl subjektiv als auch objektiv leichter artikulierbar sind und möglicherweise aus diesem Grund auch präferiert werden. Die Ergebnisse werden in Kapitel 11 diskutiert. KW - Sozialpsychologie KW - Wahrnehmung KW - Präferenz KW - Wort KW - Stilles Lesen KW - Processing Fluency KW - Verarbeitungsflüssigkeit KW - Approach-Avoidance KW - Annäherung-Vermeidung KW - Wort-Präferenzen KW - Word-preferences Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-118666 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Diemer, Julia A1 - Alpers, Georg W. A1 - Peperkorn, Henrik M. A1 - Shiban, Youssef A1 - Mühlberger, Andreas T1 - The impact of perception and presence on emotional reactions: a review of research in virtual reality JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Virtual reality (VR) has made its way into mainstream psychological research in the last two decades. This technology, with its unique ability to simulate complex, real situations and contexts, offers researchers unprecedented opportunities to investigate human behavior in well controlled designs in the laboratory. One important application of VR is the investigation of pathological processes in mental disorders, especially anxiety disorders. Research on the processes underlying threat perception, fear, and exposure therapy has shed light on more general aspects of the relation between perception and emotion. Being by its nature virtual, i.e., simulation of reality, VR strongly relies on the adequate selection of specific perceptual cues to activate emotions. Emotional experiences in turn are related to presence, another important concept in VR, which describes the user's sense of being in a VR environment. This paper summarizes current research into perception of fear cues, emotion, and presence, aiming at the identification of the most relevant aspects of emotional experience in VR and their mutual relations. A special focus lies on a series of recent experiments designed to test the relative contribution of perception and conceptual information on fear in VR. This strand of research capitalizes on the dissociation between perception (bottom up input) and conceptual information (top-down input) that is possible in VR. Further, we review the factors that have so far been recognized to influence presence, with emotions (e.g., fear) being the most relevant in the context of clinical psychology. Recent research has highlighted the mutual influence of presence and fear in VR, but has also traced the limits of our current understanding of this relationship. In this paper, the crucial role of perception on eliciting emotional reactions is highlighted, and the role of arousal as a basic dimension of emotional experience is discussed. An interoceptive attribution model of presence is suggested as a first step toward an integrative framework for emotion research in VR. Gaps in the current literature and future directions are outlined. KW - exposure therapy KW - flight phobics KW - environments KW - virtual reality KW - anxiety KW - presence KW - emotion KW - fear KW - perception KW - anxiety disorders KW - presence questionnaire KW - public speaking KW - spider phobia KW - social phobia KW - immersion Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-144200 VL - 6 IS - 26 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Käthner, Ivo A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Halder, Sebastian T1 - Rapid P300 brain-computer interface communication with a head-mounted display JF - Frontiers in Neuroscience N2 - Visual ERP (P300) based brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) allow for fast and reliable spelling and are intended as a muscle-independent communication channel for people with severe paralysis. However, they require the presentation of visual stimuli in the field of view of the user. A head-mounted display could allow convenient presentation of visual stimuli in situations, where mounting a conventional monitor might be difficult or not feasible (e.g., at a patient's bedside). To explore if similar accuracies can be achieved with a virtual reality (VR) headset compared to a conventional flat screen monitor, we conducted an experiment with 18 healthy participants. We also evaluated it with a person in the locked-in state (LIS) to verify that usage of the headset is possible for a severely paralyzed person. Healthy participants performed online spelling with three different display methods. In one condition a 5 x 5 letter matrix was presented on a conventional 22 inch TFT monitor. Two configurations of the VR headset were tested. In the first (glasses A), the same 5 x 5 matrix filled the field of view of the user. In the second (glasses B), single letters of the matrix filled the field of view of the user. The participant in the LIS tested the VR headset on three different occasions (glasses A condition only). For healthy participants, average online spelling accuracies were 94% (15.5 bits/min) using three flash sequences for spelling with the monitor and glasses A and 96% (16.2 bits/min) with glasses B. In one session, the participant in the LIS reached an online spelling accuracy of 100% (10 bits/min) using the glasses A condition. We also demonstrated that spelling with one flash sequence is possible with the VR headset for healthy users (mean: 32.1 bits/min, maximum reached by one user: 71.89 bits/min at 100% accuracy). We conclude that the VR headset allows for rapid P300 BCI communication in healthy users and may be a suitable display option for severely paralyzed persons. KW - speller performance KW - face perception KW - stimulus KW - rapid BCI KW - locked-in state KW - P300 KW - head-mounted display KW - brain-computer interface Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-148520 VL - 9 IS - 207 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wu, Lingdan A1 - Winkler, Markus H. A1 - Wieser, Matthias J. A1 - Andreatta, Marta A1 - Li, Yonghui A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - Emotion regulation in heavy smokers: experiential, expressive and physiological consequences of cognitive reappraisal JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Emotion regulation dysfunctions are assumed to contribute to the development of tobacco addiction and relapses among smokers attempting to quit. To further examine this hypothesis, the present study compared heavy smokers with non-smokers (NS) in a reappraisal task. Specifically, we investigated whether non-deprived smokers (NDS) and deprived smokers (DS) differ from non-smokers in cognitive emotion regulation and whether there is an association between the outcome of emotion regulation and the cigarette craving. Sixty-five participants (23 non-smokers, 22 NDS, and 20 DS) were instructed to down-regulate emotions by reappraising negative or positive pictorial scenarios. Self-ratings of valence, arousal, and cigarette craving as well as facial electromyography and electroencephalograph activities were measured. Ratings, facial electromyography, and electroencephalograph data indicated that both NDS and DS performed comparably to nonsmokers in regulating emotional responses via reappraisal, irrespective of the valence of pictorial stimuli. Interestingly, changes in cigarette craving were positively associated with regulation of emotional arousal irrespective of emotional valence. These results suggest that heavy smokers are capable to regulate emotion via deliberate reappraisal and smokers' cigarette craving is associated with emotional arousal rather than emotional valence. This study provides preliminary support for the therapeutic use of reappraisal to replace maladaptive emotion-regulation strategies in nicotine addicts. KW - negative affect KW - regulation strategies KW - positive emotions KW - craving KW - late positive potential KW - nicotine addiction KW - smoking KW - emotion regulation KW - reappraisal KW - facial electromyography KW - brain reactivity KW - down regulation KW - unpleasant pictures KW - anxiety sensitivity KW - facial expressions KW - cigarette smokers KW - smoking motives Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-145225 VL - 6 IS - 1555 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Schroeder, Philipp A. A1 - Pfister, Roland T1 - Arbitrary numbers counter fair decisions: trails of markedness in card distribution JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Converging evidence from controlled experiments suggests that the mere processing of a number and its attributes such as value or parity might affect free choice decisions between different actions. For example the spatial numerical associations of response codes (SNARC) effect indicates the magnitude of a digit to be associated with a spatial representation and might therefore affect spatial response choices (i.e., decisions between a "left" and a "right" option). At the same time, other (linguistic) features of a number such as parity are embedded into space and might likewise prime left or right responses through feature words [odd or even, respectively; markedness association of response codes (MARC) effect]. In this experiment we aimed at documenting such influences in a natural setting. We therefore assessed number space and parity space association effects by exposing participants to a fair distribution task in a card playing scenario. Participants drew cards, read out loud their number values, and announced their response choice, i.e., dealing it to a left vs. right player, indicated by Playmobil characters. Not only did participants prefer to deal more cards to the right player, the card's digits also affected response choices and led to a slightly but systematically unfair distribution, supported by a regular SNARC effect and counteracted by a reversed MARC effect. The experiment demonstrates the impact of SNARC- and MARC-like biases in free choice behavior through verbal and visual numerical information processing even in a setting with high external validity. KW - SNARC KW - right-oriented bias KW - space KW - habits KW - and justice for all KW - magnitude KW - line KW - SNARC effect KW - MARC effect KW - spatial numerical associations KW - mental representation KW - classification KW - asymmetry KW - embodied cognition KW - numerical cognition KW - linguistic markedness KW - free choice Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143481 VL - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Topolinski, Sascha A1 - Strack, Fritz T1 - Corrugator activity confirms immediate negative affect in surprise JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The emotion of surprise entails a complex of immediate responses, such as cognitive interruption, attention allocation to, and more systematic processing of the surprising stimulus. All these processes serve the ultimate function to increase processing depth and thus cognitively master the surprising stimulus. The present account introduces phasic negative affect as the underlying mechanism responsible for this switch in operating mode. Surprising stimuli are schema discrepant and thus entail cognitive disfluency, which elicits immediate negative affect. This affect in turn works like a phasic cognitive tuning switching the current processing mode from more automatic and heuristic to more systematic and reflective processing. Directly testing the initial elicitation of negative affect by surprising events, the present experiment presented high and low surprising neutral trivia statements to N = 28 participants while assessing their spontaneous facial expressions via facial electromyography. High compared to low surprising trivia elicited higher corrugator activity, indicative of negative affect and mental effort, while leaving zygomaticus (positive affect) and frontalis (cultural surprise expression) activity unaffected. Future research shall investigate the mediating role of negative affect in eliciting surprise-related outcomes. KW - phasic affective modulation KW - processing fluency KW - intuition KW - surprise KW - EMG KW - elevator EMG activity KW - facial expressions KW - semantic coherence KW - emotion KW - judgments KW - attention KW - memory KW - affect KW - expectancy Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-144068 VL - 6 IS - 134 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Andreatta, Marta A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - Appetitive vs. aversive conditioning in humans JF - Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience N2 - In classical conditioning, an initially neutral stimulus (conditioned stimulus, CS) becomes associated with a biologically salient event (unconditioned stimulus, US), which might be pain (aversive conditioning) or food (appetitive conditioning). After a few associations, the CS is able to initiate either defensive or consummatory responses, respectively. Contrary to aversive conditioning, appetitive conditioning is rarely investigated in humans, although its importance for normal and pathological behaviors (e.g., obesity, addiction) is undeniable. The present study intents to translate animal findings on appetitive conditioning to humans using food as an US. Thirty-three participants were investigated between 8 and 10 am without breakfast in order to assure that they felt hungry. During two acquisition phases, one geometrical shape (avCS+) predicted an aversive US (painful electric shock), another shape (appCS+) predicted an appetitive US (chocolate or salty pretzel according to the participants' preference), and a third shape (CS) predicted neither US. In a extinction phase, these three shapes plus a novel shape (NEW) were presented again without US delivery. Valence and arousal ratings as well as startle and skin conductance (SCR) responses were collected as learning indices. We found successful aversive and appetitive conditioning. On the one hand, the avCS+ was rated as more negative and more arousing than the CS and induced startle potentiation and enhanced SCR. On the other hand, the appCS+ was rated more positive than the CS and induced startle attenuation and larger SCR. In summary, we successfully confirmed animal findings in (hungry) humans by demonstrating appetitive learning and normal aversive learning. KW - extinction KW - attention KW - classical conditioning KW - skin conductance response KW - punishment KW - startle reflex KW - reward KW - fear KW - startle KW - model Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-148614 VL - 9 IS - 128 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Kozlik, Julia A1 - Neumann, Roland A1 - Lozo, Ljubica T1 - Contrasting motivational orientation and evaluative coding accounts: on the need to differentiate the effectors of approach/avoidance responses JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - Several emotion theorists suggest that valenced stimuli automatically trigger motivational orientations and thereby facilitate corresponding behavior. Positive stimuli were thought to activate approach motivational circuits which in turn primed approach-related behavioral tendencies whereas negative stimuli were supposed to activate avoidance motivational circuits so that avoidance-related behavioral tendencies were primed (motivational orientation account). However, recent research suggests that typically observed affective stimulus response compatibility phenomena might be entirely explained in terms of theories accounting for mechanisms of general action control instead of assuming motivational orientations to mediate the effects (evaluative coding account). In what follows, we explore to what extent this notion is applicable. We present literature suggesting that evaluative coding mechanisms indeed influence a wide variety of affective stimulus response compatibility phenomena. However, the evaluative coding account does not seem to be sufficient to explain affective S-R compatibility effects. Instead, several studies provide clear evidence in favor of the motivational orientation account that seems to operate independently of evaluative coding mechanisms. Implications for theoretical developments and future research designs are discussed. KW - emotional facial expressions KW - cerebral asymmetry KW - compatibility KW - perception KW - affective S-R compatibility KW - approach-avoidance behavior KW - automatic evaluation KW - arm flexion KW - stimuli KW - determinants KW - information KW - emotional responses KW - approach and avoidance KW - facial muscle contractions KW - theory of event coding Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143192 VL - 6 IS - 563 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Scherer, Reinhold A1 - Faller, Josef A1 - Friedrich, Elisabeth V. C. A1 - Opisso, Eloy A1 - Costa, Ursula A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Müller-Putz, Gernot R. T1 - Individually Adapted Imagery Improves Brain-Computer Interface Performance in End-Users with Disability JF - PLoS ONE N2 - Brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) translate oscillatory electroencephalogram (EEG) patterns into action. Different mental activities modulate spontaneous EEG rhythms in various ways. Non-stationarity and inherent variability of EEG signals, however, make reliable recognition of modulated EEG patterns challenging. Able-bodied individuals who use a BCI for the first time achieve - on average - binary classification performance of about 75%. Performance in users with central nervous system (CNS) tissue damage is typically lower. User training generally enhances reliability of EEG pattern generation and thus also robustness of pattern recognition. In this study, we investigated the impact of mental tasks on binary classification performance in BCI users with central nervous system (CNS) tissue damage such as persons with stroke or spinal cord injury (SCI). Motor imagery (MI), that is the kinesthetic imagination of movement (e.g. squeezing a rubber ball with the right hand), is the "gold standard" and mainly used to modulate EEG patterns. Based on our recent results in able-bodied users, we hypothesized that pair- wise combination of "brain-teaser" (e.g. mental subtraction and mental word association) and "dynamic imagery" (e. g. hand and feet MI) tasks significantly increases classification performance of induced EEG patterns in the selected end-user group. Within- day (How stable is the classification within a day?) and between-day (How well does a model trained on day one perform on unseen data of day two?) analysis of variability of mental task pair classification in nine individuals confirmed the hypothesis. We found that the use of the classical MI task pair hand vs. feed leads to significantly lower classification accuracy - in average up to 15% less - in most users with stroke or SCI. User-specific selection of task pairs was again essential to enhance performance. We expect that the gained evidence will significantly contribute to make imagery-based BCI technology become accessible to a larger population of users including individuals with special needs due to CNS damage. KW - single-trial EEG classification KW - motor imagery technology KW - spatial filters movement KW - communication systems KW - BCI Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143021 VL - 10 IS - 5 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Topolinski, Sascha A1 - Zürn, Michael A1 - Schneider, Iris K. T1 - What's in and what's out in branding? A novel articulation effect for brand names JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The present approach exploits the biomechanical connection between articulation and ingestion-related mouth movements to introduce a novel psychological principle of brand name design. We constructed brand names for diverse products with consonantal stricture spots either from the front to the rear of the mouth, thus inwards (e.g., BODIKA), or from the rear to the front, thus outwards (e.g., KODIBA). These muscle dynamics resemble the oral kinematics during either ingestion (inwards), which feels positive, or expectoration (outwards), which feels negative. In 7 experiments (total N = 1261), participants liked products with inward names more than products with outward names (Experiment 1), reported higher purchase intentions (Experiment 2), and higher willingness-to-pay (Experiments 3a-3c, 4, 5), with the price gain amounting to 4-13% of the average estimated product value. These effects occurred across English and German language, under silent reading, for both edible and non-edible products, and even in the presence of a much stronger price determinant, namely fair-trade production (Experiment 5). KW - phonetic symbolism KW - moderating role KW - judgements KW - behavior KW - phonation KW - branding KW - articulation KW - sound symbolism KW - embodiment KW - phasic affective modulation KW - processing fluency KW - semantic coherence KW - affective consequences KW - consumers KW - intuition Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-143036 VL - 6 IS - 585 ER - TY - GEN A1 - Rodríguez-Martín, Boris C. A1 - Meule, Adrian T1 - Food craving: new contributions on its assessment, moderators, and consequences T2 - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - No abstract available. KW - food KW - cravings KW - emotional eating KW - obesity KW - pregnancy KW - binge eating KW - food addiction Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190299 SN - 1664-1078 VL - 6 IS - 21 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Cheetham, Marcus A1 - Wu, Lingdan A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Jancke, Lutz T1 - Arousal, valence, and the uncanny valley: psychophysiological and self-report findings JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The main prediction of the Uncanny Valley Hypothesis (UVH) is that observation of humanlike characters that are difficult to distinguish from the human counterpart will evoke a state of negative affect. Well-established electrophysiological [late positive potential (LPP) and facial electromyography (EMG)] and self-report [Self-Assessment Manikin (SAM)] indices of valence and arousal, i.e., the primary orthogonal dimensions of affective experience, were used to test this prediction by examining affective experience in response to categorically ambiguous compared with unambiguous avatar and human faces (N = 30). LPP and EMG provided direct psychophysiological indices of affective state during passive observation and the SAM provided self-reported indices of affective state during explicit cognitive evaluation of static facial stimuli. The faces were drawn from well-controlled morph continua representing the UVH' dimension of human likeness (DHL). The results provide no support for the notion that category ambiguity along the DHL is specifically associated with enhanced experience of negative affect. On the contrary, the LPP and SAM-based measures of arousal and valence indicated a general increase in negative affective state (i.e., enhanced arousal and negative valence) with greater morph distance from the human end of the DHL. A second sample (N = 30) produced the same finding, using an ad hoc self-rating scale of feelings of familiarity, i.e., an oft-used measure of affective experience along the UVH' familiarity dimension. In conclusion, this multi-method approach using well-validated psychophysiological and self-rating indices of arousal and valence rejects for passive observation and for explicit affective evaluation of static faces the main prediction of the UVH. KW - emotional facial expressions KW - event-related potentials KW - electromyographic activity KW - startle reflex KW - arousal KW - unpleasant pictures KW - brain potentials KW - mere exposure KW - circumplex model KW - face recognition KW - neural response KW - valence KW - uncanny valley hypothesis KW - familiarity KW - EMG KW - EEG KW - LPP Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-151519 VL - 6 IS - 981 ER - TY - THES A1 - Schmidt, Barbara T1 - Taking your chances: risk behavior and its relation to arousal, framing and motivation T1 - Die eigenen Chancen ergreifen: Risikoverhalten und dessen Beziehung zu Arousal, Framing und Motivation N2 - Human risk behavior is the subject of growing research in the field of psychology as well as economics. One central topic is the influence of psychological variables on risk behavior. Studies contained in this work investigated the impact of arousal, framing and motivation on risk behavior. Arousal can on the one hand be a temporarily stable trait and on the other hand a situation-dependent variable. We showed that low trait arousal, measured via resting heart rate, predicted risky behavior. After physical exercise, state arousal was heightened in the experiment. Participants tended to act less risky after physical exercise. Taken together, the results suggest an inverse relation of arousal and risk behavior. Most studies investigating risk behavior employ a payment method that we call pay-one method: although the gambles that are used consist of many trials, only one trial is paid out. We investigated the effect of the payment method on risk behavior by employing both the pay-one and a pay-all method, which pays out all trials, in a within-subjects design. We found that participants acted about 10% less risky in the pay-one condition compared to the pay-all condition. This result suggests that risk-aversion is over-estimated in common risk paradigms that use the pay-one method. When we worked on a hard task before, we like to engage in a more likable task afterwards. That observation led to the general classification of tasks in want-to and have-to tasks. Our body system strives towards a balance between those two task types in the sense of a homeostasis. We assessed event-related potentials (ERPs) in a risk game that we treated as a want-to task. When participants worked on a difficult have-to task before, amplitudes of the ERP-components in the risk game were raised compared to a condition where participants worked on an easy task before. We conclude that the motivation shift towards a want-to task after a have-to task can be assessed via ERP amplitudes. In conclusion, it was shown that arousal, framing and motivation are important psychological variables that influence risk behavior. The specific mechanisms of these influences have been investigated and discussed. N2 - Menschliches Risikoverhalten ist zunehmend Gegenstand psychologischer und ökonomischer Forschung. Eine zentrale Rolle spielt dabei der Einfluss psychologischer Variablen auf Risikoverhalten. Die in dieser Arbeit vorgestellten Studien untersuchen den Einfluss von physiologischer Erregung, Framing und Motivation auf Risikoverhalten. Physiologische Erregung kann einerseits als zeitlich stabile Eigenschaft, andererseits als situationsabhängige Variable gesehen werden. Wir konnten zeigen, dass niedrige zeitlich stabile physiologische Erregung, die über die Ruhe-Herzrate gemessen wurde, riskantes Verhalten vorhersagte. Nach körperlichem Training war die physiologische Erregung der Versuchspersonen im Experiment kurzzeitig erhöht. Die Versuchspersonen tendierten dazu, nach diesem Training weniger riskant zu handeln. Zusammengenommen legen die Ergebnisse nahe, dass eine inverse Relation zwischen physiologischer Erregung und Risikoverhalten vorliegt. Die meisten Studien, die sich mit Risikoverhalten befassen, verwenden die sogenannte pay-one Auszahlungsmethode: In Risikospielen, die aus vielen Durchgängen bestehen, wird nur ein Durchgang des gesamten Risikospiels ausbezahlt. Wir untersuchten den Effekt der Auszahlungsmethode auf das Risikoverhalten, indem wir sowohl die pay-one Methode als auch die pay-all Methode, bei der die Gewinne aller Durchgänge ausbezahlt werden, in einem Zwischensubjekt-Design verwendeten. Wir fanden heraus, dass die Versuchspersonen in der pay-one Bedingung etwa 10% weniger riskant handelten, verglichen mit der pay-all Bedingung. Dieses Ergebnis legt nahe, dass die Risiko-Aversion in Paradigmen, die die pay-one Methode verwenden, überschätzt wird. Nachdem wir an einer schwierigen Aufgabe gearbeitet haben, sehnen wir uns nach einer angenehmeren Aufgabe. Diese Beobachtung führte zu einer generellen Unterscheidung von want-to und have-to Aufgaben. Unser Körper strebt nach einem Gleichgewicht zwischen diesen beiden Aufgabentypen im Sinne einer Homöostase. Wir erfassten ereigniskorrelierte Potentiale (ERPs) durch das Elektroencephalogramm in einem Risikospiel, das wir als want-to Aufgabe verwendeten. Wenn Versuchspersonen vorher eine schwere Aufgabe bearbeitet hatten, waren die Amplituden der ERP- Komponenten im Risikospiel erhöht im Vergleich zu einer Bedingung, in der die Versuchspersonen vorher eine einfache Aufgabe bearbeitet hatten. Wir schlussfolgern, dass die Motivationsänderung nach einer have-to Aufgabe in Richtung einer want-to Aufgabe mit Hilfe von ERP Amplituden erfasst werden kann. Zusammenfassend wurde gezeigt, dass physiologische Erregung, Framing und Motivation wichtige psychologische Variablen sind, die Risikoverhalten beeinflussen. Die spezifischen Wirkungsweisen dieser Einflüsse wurden untersucht und diskutiert. KW - Risikoverhalten KW - Motivation KW - arousal KW - framing KW - risk behavior Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-107149 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Meule, Adrian T1 - Are certain foods addictive? JF - Frontiers in Psychiatry N2 - A commentary on Lifestyle medicine: the importance of firmgrounding on evidence by Rippe JM. Am J Lifestyle Med (2014) doi:10.1177/ 1559827613520527 Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-120257 SN - 1664-0640 VL - 5 IS - 38 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Wieser, Matthias J. A1 - Gerdes, Antje B. M. A1 - Reicherts, Philipp A1 - Pauli, Paul T1 - Mutual influences of pain and emotional face processing JF - Frontiers in Psychology N2 - The perception of unpleasant stimuli enhances whereas the perception of pleasant stimuli decreases pain perception. In contrast, the effects of pain on the processing of emotional stimuli are much less known. Especially given the recent interest in facial expressions of pain as a special category of emotional stimuli, a main topic in this research line is the mutual influence of pain and facial expression processing. Therefore, in this mini-review we selectively summarize research on the effects of emotional stimuli on pain, but more extensively turn to the opposite direction namely how pain influences concurrent processing of affective stimuli such as facial expressions. Based on the motivational priming theory one may hypothesize that the perception of pain enhances the processing of unpleasant stimuli and decreases the processing of pleasant stimuli. This review reveals that the literature is only partly consistent with this assumption: pain reduces the processing of pleasant pictures and happy facial expressions, but does not – or only partly – affect processing of unpleasant pictures. However, it was demonstrated that pain selectively enhances the processing of facial expressions if these are pain-related (i.e., facial expressions of pain). Extending a mere affective modulation theory, the latter results suggest pain-specific effects which may be explained by the perception-action model of empathy. Together, these results underscore the important mutual influence of pain and emotional face processing. KW - emotion KW - facial expression KW - ERPs KW - perception-action KW - pain Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-118446 SN - 1664-1078 VL - 5 ER - TY - THES A1 - Winkler, Markus Heinrich T1 - Motivational properties of reward associated stimuli - Conditioning studies with smoke and monetary reinforcement T1 - Motivationale Wirkung belohnungsassoziierter Reize – Konditionierungsstudien mit Rauchen und Geldgewinn als Verstärker N2 - Abstract Tobacco addiction is considered as a chronic relapsing disorder, characterized by compul-sive drug seeking and intake. Learning processes are stressed to account for the situational-specific expression of core features of the disorder, e.g., craving for drug, tolerance and ex-cessive consumption. According to incentive theories, smoke conditioned stimuli are hy-pothesized to be appetitive in nature, promoting craving, approach and consummatory be-havior. Commonly, smoking cues are treated as simple excitatory conditioned stimuli formed by a close and reliable overlap with the drug effect. However, the smoking ritual comprises a multitude of stimuli which may give rise to different forms of learning and con-ditioned responses partially opposing each other. Previous research suggests the predictive content and the temporal proximity of smoking stimuli to the drug effect as important de-terminants of cue reactivity. In contrast to stimuli related to the preparatory stage of smok-ing and the start of consumption (BEGIN stimuli), stimuli from the terminal stage of smok-ing (END stimuli) apparently lack high cue reactivity. Several lines of evidence suggest the poor cue properties of terminal stimuli to be related to their signaling of poor smoke availa-bility. Indeed, cue reactivity is commonly decreased when smoking appears to be unavaila-ble. Moreover, the learning literature suggests that stimuli predictive for the non-availability of reward may acquire the capacity to modulate or oppose the responses of ex-citatory conditioned stimuli. Therefore, the aim of the present thesis was to enhance our knowledge of stimulus control in human drug addiction and incentive motivation by running a series of conditioning studies with smoke intake and monetary reward as reinforcer. Sub-jective report and physiological measures of motivational valence and consummatory re-sponse tendencies were used as dependent variables. The first experiment of this thesis used a differential conditioning paradigm to reveal evi-dence for the conditioning of preparatory and consummatory responses to a CS+ for smok-ing. Neutral pictograms served as CSs and single puffs on a cigarette as US. In line with the predictions of incentive theories, the excitatory CS+ for smoking acquired the ability to evoke an appetitive conditioned response, as indicated by enhanced activity of the M. zy-gomaticus major. Moreover, anticipation of puffing on the cigarette increased the activity of the M. orbicularis oris (lip muscle), indicating the activation of consummatory response tendencies. Finally, the CS+ evoked stronger skin conductance responses, indicative of in-creased autonomic arousal and orienting in preparation for action. In contrast, the rating data were apparently unaffected by the experimental contingency. In sum, the physiological data provide support for the notion that excitatory smoke conditioning gives rise to appeti-tive and consummatory conditioned responses, which may at least partially contribute to the maintenance of tobacco addiction. The second experiment of this thesis adapted the conditioning protocol of the first study to probe the functional significance of terminal stimuli in the control of addictive behavior. This study manipulated the predictive relationship of BEGIN and END stimuli to smoke rein-forcement to provide further support for the differential reactivity to both stimuli and the retarded (i.e., delayed) conditioning of END stimuli. Overall, the results of the first study of this thesis were conceptually replicated as the association of a BEGIN stimulus with smoke intake resulted in the acquisition of appetitive and consummatory physiological responses. Importantly, the results revealed evidence for a retarded excitatory conditioning of END stimuli. Thus, pairing of an END stimulus with smoke intake failed to produce a conditioned discrimination in terms of motivational valence and autonomic arousal, as indicated by the activity of the M. corrugator supercilii and the skin conductance data. These results provide further support for the notion that END stimuli may be weak cues for smoking. Moreover, in light of the results of the first study of this thesis, the retarded excitatory conditioning of terminal stimuli may be suggestive of an inhibitory response component, which may be re-lated to their signaling of poor smoke availability. In sum, these results add to a growing body of data, which suggest that the expression of cue reactivity may be modulated by the temporal proximity and the availability of the drug effect. The aim of the third study of this thesis was to provide “proof of concept” for an inhibi-tory conditioning notion of terminal stimuli. In this analog study BEGIN and END stimuli were emulated as discriminative SD and S for monetary reward. During an acquisition phase conditioned inhibition was established to the S predictive of the non-availability of re-ward. Subsequently a retardation test was used to substantiate conditioned inhibition. In this test, excitatory conditioning of the previous S was compared to the excitatory condi-tioning of a novel control stimulus. Importantly, the results revealed evidence for reward conditioned inhibition as indicated by the retarded acquisition of subjective (pleasure and reward expectancy) and physiological (skin conductance and activity of the M. orbicularis oculi) responses. In sum, these results provide support for the notion that stimuli predictive for the non-availability of reward may acquire the capacity to oppose the responses of ex-citatory conditioned stimuli. Thus, future research may benefit from the consideration of inhibitory conditioning processes in drug addiction, which may be of theoretical, methodo-logical and clinical importance. In sum, the present thesis revealed evidence for 1) an appetitive nature of excitatory condi-tioned smoking cues, 2) the dependency of this learning process on the temporal position of the conditioned stimuli in the intake ritual and 3) the acquisition of conditioned inhibition by a stimulus predictive for the non-availability of reward, as evident in retarded excitatory conditioning. Overall, these studies made a novel contribution to the field of human drug addiction and incentive motivation and provided valuable suggestions for further research. N2 - Zusammenfassung Tabakabhängigkeit wird als eine chronische Störung betrachtet, die durch exzessives dro-gensuchendes und -konsumierendes Verhalten gekennzeichnet ist. Lernprozesse werden zur Erklärung der Situationsspezifität zentraler Merkmale einer Abhängigkeit (z.B. Craving, Tole-ranz und übermäßiger Konsum) herangezogen. Anreiztheorien postulieren, dass konditio-nierte Rauchreize appetitiv sind, ein Verlangen zu konsumieren hervorrufen sowie Annähe-rungs- und konsummatorische Reaktionen induzieren. Gewöhnlich werden Rauch-Cues als einfache, exzitatorisch konditionierte Reize aufgefasst, die durch eine enge und reliable Überlappung mit der Drogenwirkung entstehen. Das Rauchritual beinhaltet allerdings eine Vielzahl von Reizen, die vermutlich unterschiedliche Lernformen begünstigen und dadurch teils einander entgegengesetzte konditionierte Reaktionen hervorrufen können. Die bisheri-ge Forschung legt nahe, dass die zeitliche Nähe und der prädiktive Wert von Reizen hinsicht-lich der Drogenwirkung die Cue-Reaktivität entscheidend beeinflussen. Im Gegensatz zu Reizen aus der präparatorischen Phase des Rauchrituals und solchen vom Konsumbeginn (Anfangsreize) lösen Reize aus der Endphase des Konsums (Endreize) nur geringe Cue-Reaktivität aus. Verschiedene Befunde legen nahe, dass die schwache Cue-Wirkung von End-reizen mit der wahrgenommenen Verfügbarkeit der Droge(nwirkung) zusammenhängt. So ist die Cue-Reaktivität gewöhnlich reduziert, wenn keine Möglichkeit zum Konsum besteht. Zudem legt die Lernliteratur nahe, dass Reize, die die Nicht-Verfügbarkeit einer Belohnung vorhersagen die Fähigkeit erwerben, exzitatorisch konditionierten Reaktionen entgegenzu-wirken. Das Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit war es somit, unser Verständnis der Reizabhängig-keit süchtigen Verhaltens und der zugrundeliegenden motivationalen Prozesse zu erweitern. Dazu wurde eine Reihe von Konditionierungsstudien mit Rauchaufnahme und Geldgewinn als Verstärker durchgeführt. Als abhängige Variablen wurde der Selbstbericht der Proban-den sowie physiologische Maße motivationaler Valenz und konsummatorischer Reaktions-tendenzen erfasst. Im ersten Experiment dieser Arbeit wurde ein differentielles Konditionierungsparadigma ver-wendet, um den Nachweis zu erbringen, dass ein CS+ für Rauchen präparatorische und kon-summatorische Reaktionen hervorruft. Dabei wurden neutrale Symbole als konditionierte Reize verwendet und einzelne Züge an einer Zigarette als US. In Übereinstimmung mit den Vorhersagen von Anreiztheorien löste der exzitatorische CS+ eine appetitive konditionierte Reaktion aus, die sich in einer erhöhten Aktivität des M. zygomaticus major zeigte. Zudem war die Aktivität des M. orbicularis oris (Lippenmuskel) erhöht, was für die Aktivierung kon-summatorischer Reaktionstendenzen spricht. Schließlich rief der CS+ eine erhöhte Haut-leitfähigkeitsreaktion hervor, die eine Orientierungsreaktion und erhöhte autonome Reak-tivität im Rahmen der Handlungsvorbereitung anzeigt. Die experimentelle Kontingenz spie-gelte sich jedoch nicht in den Reizbewertungen wieder. Insgesamt stützen die physiologi-schen Befunde die Auffassung, dass exzitatorisch konditionierte Rauchreize appetitive und konsummatorische Reaktionen auslösen, die zur Aufrechterhaltung einer Tabakabhängig-keit beitragen können. Im zweiten Experiment wurde das Konditionierungsparadigma der ersten Studie adaptiert. Ziel des Experiments war es, die funktionellen Auswirkungen von Endreizen auf verschiedene Parameter abhängigen Verhaltens zu untersuchen. In der Studie wurde der prädiktive Gehalt von Anfangs- und Endreizen experimentell manipuliert, indem die Reize entweder als CS+ oder als CS- (und umgekehrt) mit Rauchen gepaart wurden. Zum einen sollten dadurch bis-herige Befunde erweitert werden, die zeigen, dass beide Reize unterschiedliche Reaktionen auslösen. Zum anderen sollte der Nachweis einer verlangsamten exzitatorischen Konditio-nierung von Endreizen erbracht werden. Insgesamt konnten die Ergebnisse der ersten Studie der vorliegenden Arbeit konzeptuell repliziert werden. So lösten Anfangsreize appetitive und konsummatorische physiologische Reaktionen aus, wenn sie mit Rauchen gepaart wurden. Wichtiger jedoch war der Befund einer verlangsamten exzitatorischen Konditionierung von Endreizen, wie er sich in Maßen motivationaler Valenz (M. corrugator supercilii) und auto-nomer Erregung (Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktionen) zeigte. Diese Befunde stützen die Auffas-sung, dass Endreize nur eine schwache Cue-Wirkung besitzen. In der Zusammenschau mit den Befunden der ersten Studie sprechen die Ergebnisse andeutungsweise dafür, dass End-reize eine inhibitorische Reaktionskomponente besitzen. Diese könnte damit in Zusam-menhang stehen, dass die wahrgenommene Verfügbarkeit der Droge(nwirkung) im Falle von Endreizen reduziert ist. Insgesamt gliedern sich die Befunde gut in eine Reihe von Studien ein, die nahelegen, dass Cue-Reaktivität durch die zeitliche Nähe und die Verfügbarkeit der Drogenwirkung moduliert wird. Das Ziel der dritten Studie war es einen inhibitorischen Konditionierungsansatz zur Entste-hung von Endreizen konzeptuell zu überprüfen. In einer Analogstudie wurden Anfangs- und Endreize als diskriminative Hinweisreize SD bzw. S für einen Geldgewinn modelliert. In einer Akquisitionsphase wurde der S, der die Nicht-Verfügbarkeit eines Gewinns signalisierte, als konditionierter Hemmreiz etabliert. Anschließend wurde ein Retardationstest zum Nach-weis konditionierter Hemmung durchgeführt. In diesem Test wurde die exzitatorische Kon-ditionierung des ehemaligen S mit der exzitatorischen Konditionierung eines neuen Kon-trollreizes verglichen. Dabei konnte konditionierte Hemmung in Form einer verlangsamten exzitatorischen Konditionierung subjektiver (positiver Affekt und Belohnungserwartung) und physiologischer (Hautleitfähigkeitsreaktionen und Aktivität des M. orbicularis oculi) Reaktionen nachgewiesen werden. Insgesamt stützen diese Befunde die Auffassung, dass Reize, die die Nicht-Verfügbarkeit einer Belohnung vorhersagen die Fähigkeit erwerben, exzitatorisch konditionierten Reaktionen entgegenzuwirken. Die weitere Suchtforschung könnte somit von einer stärkeren Berücksichtigung konditionierte Hemmprozesse sowohl hinsichtlich der Theorienbildung als auch in methodischer und klinischer Hinsicht profitie-ren. Insgesamt hat die vorliegende Arbeit gezeigt, dass 1) exzitatorisch konditionierte Rauchrei-ze eine appetitive Wirkung entfalten, 2) dieser Lernprozess von der zeitlichen Stellung der konditionierten Reize im Konsumritual abhängig ist und 3) Reize, die prädiktiv für die Nicht-Verfügbarkeit einer Belohnung sind als konditionierte Hemmreize fungieren können, was sich in einer verlangsamten exzitatorischen Konditionierung wiederspiegelt. Die vorliegende Arbeit erbrachte einen neuen Beitrag im Bereich der Sucht- und Motivationsforschung sowie mehrere Anknüpfungspunkte für zukünftige Forschungsvorhaben. KW - BEGIN stimuli KW - END stimuli KW - Incentive motivation KW - Conditioned inhibition KW - Facial EMG KW - Smoking KW - Addiction KW - Conditioning KW - Nicotine KW - Reward KW - Cue KW - Rauchen KW - Konditionierung Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-121794 ER - TY - THES A1 - Herber, Kristina T1 - Auslöser und Modifikation emotionalen Essverhaltens - Feldstudien zum emotionalen Essverhalten und seiner Veränderung durch ein achtsamkeitsbasiertes Training T1 - Antecedents and modification of emotional eating – Field studies on emotional eating and its modification through a mindfulness-based training N2 - Emotionale Esser neigen dazu, in emotional belastenden Situationen überwiegend süße und fettreiche Nahrung häufig in Abwesenheit von Hunger zu essen, um negative Gefühle zu bewältigen. In unangenehmen emotionalen Zuständen setzen sie sich kaum mit den Emotionen auseinander und essen stattdessen. Es fällt ihnen oft schwer, ihren Emotionen, aber auch ihren Hunger- und Sättigungsgefühlen Aufmerksamkeit zu schenken und diese zu erkennen. Emotionales Essverhalten kann Betroffene davon abhalten, einen konstruktiven Umgang mit den emotionalen Belastungen zu erlernen, und kann zu Übergewicht, den mit Übergewicht einhergehenden ernährungsbedingten Erkrankungen oder gar zu Essstörungen führen. Um diese langfristigen Folgen gar nicht erst entstehen zu lassen, ist es von zentraler Bedeutung, problematischen Formen des emotionalen Essverhaltens vorzubeugen oder sie zu verändern. Die vorliegende Dissertation umfasst 3 empirische Studien, in denen anhand von standardisierten und selbst entwickelten Fragebögen sowie mithilfe der Experience-Sampling-Methode die Auslöser und die Modifikation emotionalen Essverhaltens untersucht wurden. Die Experience-Sampling-Methode basiert auf alltagsnahen, zeitlich präzisen, multiplen Messungen im Feld. In der 1. Studie wurde bei gesunden Personen die Wirkung der negativen Gefühle als Auslöser des emotionalen Essverhaltens im Alltag beobachtet. Die Befunde deuten darauf hin, dass keine bestimmten negativen Emotionen zu existieren scheinen, die einen stärkeren Einfluss auf das emotionale Essverhalten haben als andere, und dass alle negativen Gefühle nahezu gleichermaßen das Potenzial bergen, emotionales Essverhalten hervorzurufen. Diese Erkenntnis ist in die Konzeption eines Trainingsprogramms zur Veränderung des emotionalen Essverhaltens für emotionale Esser eingeflossen, das achtsamkeitsbasierte Konzepte mit verhaltenstherapeutischen Behandlungsmethoden kombiniert. Die 2. und die 3. Studie überprüften mit einem randomisierten, kontrollierten Design die Machbarkeit und die Wirksamkeit des Gruppentrainings im ambulanten und klinischen Setting. Das Training ließ sich ambulant und in einer Klinik sehr gut umsetzen und wurde von den Teilnehmern weitgehend positiv bewertet. Im Anschluss an das Training aßen emotionale Esser weniger emotional, indem sie durch die achtsame Selbstbeobachtung lernten, die Essauslöser besser zu erkennen und sie von den körperlichen Hungerempfindungen zu unterscheiden. Vielmehr fingen sie bis zu einem gewissen Grad an, achtsamer zu essen und das Essen zu genießen. Die Emotionsregulation verbesserte sich ebenfalls in vielen Aspekten. Die Trainingsteilnehmer entwickelten die Kompetenzen oder tendierten dazu, ihre Gefühle aufmerksamer wahrzunehmen, klarer zu erkennen und zu benennen, sie stärker positiv zu beeinflussen und sie leichter zu akzeptieren, wenn sie im Augenblick nicht verändert werden konnten. Somit konnten die Machbarkeit und die Wirksamkeit des entwickelten Trainingsprogramms sowohl im ambulanten Setting als auch in den bedeutendsten Aspekten im klinischen Kontext als Teil eines breiter angelegten Therapiekonzepts nachgewiesen werden. Die drei vorgelegten Arbeiten liefern einen Beitrag zum Verständnis und zur Veränderung des emotionalen Essverhaltens. Weitergehende Untersuchungen sollten die Merkmale der äußeren Situation als Risikofaktoren für das emotionale Essverhalten analysieren sowie die zeitliche Stabilität der Trainingseffekte testen, die außerhalb einer Katamnese von 3 Monaten liegt. Die Wirksamkeit des Trainingsprogramms könnte ferner gegenüber anderen Therapieverfahren und multizentrisch in unterschiedlichen Kliniken unter zahlreichen Rahmenbedingungen geprüft werden. N2 - The first study examined using experience sampling in everyday life if different negative emotions have different effects on emotional eating. The objectives of randomized controlled trials in the 2nd and 3rd study were to investigate the feasibility and efficacy of a newly developed mindfulness-based training to modify emotional eating in an outpatient and clinical Setting. KW - Essgewohnheit KW - Achtsamkeit KW - Achtsamkeitsbasiertes Training KW - Emotionales Essverhalten KW - Essverhalten Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-112312 N1 - Aus urheberrechtlichen Gründen wurde der Zugriff auf den Volltext zu diesem Dokument gesperrt. Eine neue Version ist erhältlich unter: http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-138799 ER -